120
This manual is to be used by qualified, professionally trained HVAC technicians only. Goodman does not assume any responsibility for property damage or personal injury due to improper service procedures or services performed by an unqualified person. Split System Air Conditioners, Split System Heat Pumps with R-22 Refrigerant Blowers, Coils, & Accessories Service Instructions Copyright © 2005 - 2017 Goodman Manufacturing Company, L.P. RS6100004r41 June 2017

Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    5

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

This manual is to be used by qualified, professionally trained HVACtechnicians only. Goodman does not assume any responsibility forproperty damage or personal injury due to improper serviceprocedures or services performed by an unqualified person.

Split System Air Conditioners,Split System Heat Pumps

with R-22 RefrigerantBlowers, Coils, & Accessories

Service Instructions

Copyright © 2005 - 2017 Goodman Manufacturing Company, L.P.

RS6100004r41June 2017

Page 2: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

2

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONPride and workmanship go into every product to provide our customers with quality products. It is possible, however,that during its lifetime a product may require service. Products should be serviced only by a qualified service technicianwho is familiar with the safety procedures required in the repair and who is equipped with the proper tools, parts, testinginstruments and the appropriate service manual. REVIEW ALL SERVICE INFORMATION IN THE APPROPRIATESERVICE MANUAL BEFORE BEGINNING REPAIRS.

IMPORTANT NOTICES FOR CONSUMERS AND SERVICERSRECOGNIZE SAFETY SYMBOLS, WORDS AND LABELS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To locate an authorized servicer, please consult your telephone book or the dealer from whom you purchased thisproduct. For further assistance, please contact:

WARNINGTo prevent the risk of property damage, personalinjury, or death, do not store combustible materials oruse gasoline or other flammable liquids or vaporsin the vicinity of this appliance.

CONSUMER INFORMATION LINEGOODMAN® BRAND PRODUCTS

TOLL FREE 1-877-254-4729 (U.S. only)email us at: [email protected]

fax us at: (713) 856-1821(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)

CONSUMER INFORMATION LINEAMANA® BRAND PRODUCTS

TOLL FREE 1-877-254-4729 (U.S. only)email us at: [email protected]

fax us at: (713) 856-1821(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)

Outside the U.S., call 1-713-861-2500.(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)Your telephone company will bill you for the call.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ........................... 2 - 3MODEL IDENTIFICATION.............................. 4 - 14AIR HANDLER/COIL IDENTIFICATION ....... 16 - 22ACCESSORIES ........................................... 23 - 28PRODUCT DESIGN ................................... 29 - 30

Only personnel that have been trained to install, adjust, service or repair (hereinafter, “service”) the equipment specified in this manual should service the equipment. The manufacturer will not be responsible for any injury or property damage arising from improper service or service procedures. If you service this unit, you assume responsibility for any injury or property damage which may result. In addition, in jurisdictions that require one or more licenses to service the equipment specified in this manual, only licensed personnel should service the equipment. Improper installation, adjustment, servicing or repair of the equipment specified in this manual, or attempting to install, adjust, service or repair the equipment specified in this manual without proper training may result in product damage, property damage, personal injury or death.

SYSTEM OPERATION ................................ 31 - 36TROUBLESHOOTING CHART .......................... 37SERVICING TABLE OF CONTENTS ................. 38SERVICING .................................................. 39 - 68ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS .......... 69- 78WIRING DIAGRAMS ...................................79 - 120

Page 3: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

3

The successful development of hermetically sealed refrigera-tion compressors has completely sealed the compressor'smoving parts and electric motor inside a common housing,minimizing refrigerant leaks and the hazards sometimesassociated with moving belts, pulleys or couplings.Fundamental to the design of hermetic compressors is amethod whereby electrical current is transmitted to thecompressor motor through terminal conductors which passthrough the compressor housing wall. These terminals aresealed in a dielectric material which insulates them from thehousing and maintains the pressure tight integrity of thehermetic compressor. The terminals and their dielectricembedment are strongly constructed, but are vulnerable tocareless compressor installation or maintenance proce-dures and equally vulnerable to internal electrical shortcircuits caused by excessive system contaminants.

System contaminants, improper service procedureand/or physical abuse affecting hermetic compressorelectrical terminals may cause dangerous systemventing.

WARNINGTo avoid possible injury, explosion or death, practicesafe handling of refrigerants.

SAFE REFRIGERANT HANDLINGWhile these items will not cover every conceivable situation, they should serve as a useful guide.

In either of these instances, an electrical short between theterminal and the compressor housing may result in the lossof integrity between the terminal and its dielectric embed-ment. This loss may cause the terminals to be expelled,thereby venting the vaporous and liquid contents of thecompressor housing and system.A venting compressor terminal normally presents no dangerto anyone, providing the terminal protective cover is properlyin place.If, however, the terminal protective cover is not properly inplace, a venting terminal may discharge a combination of

(a) hot lubricating oil and refrigerant(b) flammable mixture (if system is contaminated

with air)in a stream of spray which may be dangerous to anyone in thevicinity. Death or serious bodily injury could occur.Under no circumstances is a hermetic compressor to beelectrically energized and/or operated without having theterminal protective cover properly in place.See Service Section S-17 for proper servicing.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Refrigerants are heavier than air. They can "push out"the oxygen in your lungs or in any enclosed space.Toavoid possible difficulty in breathing or death:• Never purge refrigerant into an enclosed room or space. By law, all refrigerants must be reclaimed.• If an indoor leak is suspected, thoroughly ventilate the area before beginning work.• Liquid refrigerant can be very cold. To avoid possible frostbite or blindness, avoid contact with refrigerant and wear gloves and goggles. If liquid refrigerant does contact your skin or eyes, seek medical help immediately.• Always follow EPA regulations. Never burn refrig- erant, as poisonous gas will be produced.

WARNING

To avoid possible explosion, use only returnable (notdisposable) service cylinders when removing refrig-erant from a system. • Ensure the cylinder is free of damage which could lead to a leak or explosion.• Ensure the hydrostatic test date does not exceed 5 years.• Ensure the pressure rating meets or exceeds 400 lbs.When in doubt, do not use cylinder.

Page 4: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

4

G S C 14 1 AA1 2 3 4,5 9 10,11

BrandGA Amana® brand

Deluxe VoltageV 1 - 208/230V Single-Phase 60 Hz

3 - 208/230V Three-Phase 60 HzType 4 - 460V Three-Phase 60 HzS

Type 018 = 1-1/2 Tons 042 = 3-1/2 TonsC: Condenser R-22 024 = 2 Tons 048 = 4 TonsH: Heat Pump R-22 030 = 2-1/2 Tons 060 = 5 Tons

036 = 3 TonsSEER10 - 10 SEER13 - 13 SEER14 - 14 SEER

0366,7,8

EngineeringMajor/Minor Revisions

Split System

Goodman® brand

Value Line

C E 120 5 A1 2 3,4,5 6 7

BrandC Split System

Unit ApplicationEK

P Heat Pump

090 - 7-1/2 Tons036 - 3 Tons

Commercial Air Conditioner

048 - 4 Tons060 - 5 Tons

EngineeringRevision Level

Voltage

Air Conditioner

070 - 5 Tons

042 - 3-1/2 Tons 120 - 10 Tons

Nominal Capacity

1-208/230V/1PH/60Hz2-220/240V/1PH/50Hz3-208/230V/3PH/60Hz4-308/415V/3PH/50Hz

018 - 1-1/2 Tons024 - 2 Tons030 - 2-1/2 Tons

Page 5: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

5

All Airhandlers use DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS. Power supply is AC 208-230v, 60 hz, 1 phase.

A W U F 3642 1 6 AA1 2 3 4 5,6,7,8 9 10 11,12

Brand Engineering*A Airhandler

Unit Application Refrigerant ChargeC Ceiling Mount PSC Motor 4 = R-410aD Downflow PSC MotorE Electrical

1 208/240V, 1 Phase, 60 HzR Multi Position PSC MotorS Multi Position EEM MotorT Coated CoilsW Wall Mount PSC/EEM Motor

3636 = 3 Ton

Cabinet Finish 1830 = 1-1/2 - 3-1/2 TonsU Unpainted 3137 = 3 TonsP Painted 3642 = 3 - 3-1/2TonsN Uncased

1729 = 3 TonExpansion DeviceF FlowratorT Expansion Valve 1803 = 1-1/2 Tons Cooling/3 kW Electric Heat

1805 = 1-1/2 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat2405 = 2 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat3608 = 3 Tons Cooling/8 kW Electric Heat3105 = 1-1/2 - 2-1/2 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat3210 = 2 - 2-1/2 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat3705 = 3 Tons Cooling/5 kW Electric Heat3708 = 3 Tons Cooling/8 kW Electric Heat3710 = 3 Tons Cooling/10 kW Electric Heat

An "F" in the model number denotes a Factory Installed Float Switch is present.

Multi-Position & Downflow Application

(Nominal Cooling Capacity/Electric Heat kW)Ceing Mount & Wall Mount Applications

@ 13 SEER Dedicated Application

Multi-Position & Downflow Application @10 SEER

Major/Minor Revisions

Nominal Capacity

Multi Position Variable Speed

Page 6: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

6

C A P F 1824 A 6 AA1 2 3 4 5,6,7,8 9 10 11,12

Brand Engineering*C Indoor Coil

Refrigerant ChargeUnit Application 2 = R-22A Upflow/Downflow Coil 4 = R-410AH Horizontal A-Coil 6 = R-410A or R-22ST Nominal Width for Gas Furnace

A = Fits 14" Furnace CabinetB = Fits 17-1/2" Furnace CabinetC = Fits 21" Furnace CabinetD = Fits 24-1/2" Furnace CabinetN =Does Not Apply (Horizontal Slab Coils

Cabinet FinishU Unpainted 1-1/2 - 2 Tons

P Painted 2-1/2 Tons

N Unpainted Case 2-1/2 Tons3 Tons

Expansion Device 3 - 3-1/2 Tons

F Flowrator 3 - 3-1/2 TonsT 4 - 5 Tons

Expansion Valve 4 - 5 Tons

3636 = 3642 = 3743 = 4860 = Factory-Installed Non-Adjustable

Horizontal Slab Coil

Major/Minor Revisions

Coated Coils

Nominal Capacity @ 13 SEER

4961 =

1824 = 3030 = 3131 =

MB R 8 00 A A 11,2 3 4 5,6 7 8 9

BrandMB - Modular Blower 1: 208-230V/60Hz/1 PH

Type A: First SeriesR -E -

Airflow A: No Circuit Breaker8: B: Circuit Breaker

12:16:20: 00 No Heat

Electrical

Design Series

Circuit Breaker

Factory Heat1200 CFM1500 CFM2000 CFM

SpeedVariable Speed

800 CFM

Page 7: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

7

Model/Rev Description

GSC100903AD New ball valve/brackets, suction tube/assembly and panel w/offset.

GSC100903BAGSC101203BA

Initial release of light commercial models with holding charge only in a double row coil. MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.

GSC100904ACGSC101204BA

Initial release of light commercial 460V models with holding charge only in a double row coil. MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.

GSC10Goodman® BRAND SPLIT CONDENSERS 10 SEER - R22

Page 8: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

8

Model/Rev DescriptionGSC130[18-24]1AA Initial release of 26" chassis R-22

GSC130[36-48]1AA Initial release of 29" chassis R-22

GSC13036,48*AA Initial release of 3 Phase models

GSC130**1ABGSC13048*AC

Screw hole location moved.

GSC130[36,48]*ABGSC130361BB

8-pole fan motors replaced with 6-pole.

GSC130[18-30]AC Broad Ocean motor 0131M00060.

GSC130[18, 24, 30]1ADGSC130[421, 484]ACGSC130[18, 24, 30]1AEGSC130[481, 483] AE/AFGSC130363[AE/AF]GSC130361[DE/DD]

Hairpin removed from coil.

GSC13048*AD Broad Ocean motor 0131M00061.

GSC130481AGGSC130361DF

Bristol compressors.

GSC130[483/484]CA Changed from Copeland ZRK3 series to Compressors Copeland ZRK5 series [ZR38K5TF5130 and ZR38K5TFD130].

GSC130181B*GSC130421B*GSC13048[1B*/3B*/4B*]

Conversion from 3/8" diameter tube coils to 5 mm coils.

GSC130361BA Initial release of 35" chassis with Copeland Scroll compressor.

GSC130181CA Compressor change from a recip compressor to a Panasonic Rotary compressor.

GSC130[24-30]1CA Reduced chassis size from the current 29x32.5 to 26x32.

GSC130241DA Conversion from 3/8" diameter tube coils to 5 mm coils. Compressor changed to CR18K7-PFV-230; Refrigerant charge reduced.

GSC130361FAGSC130363BAGSC130301DA

Conversion from 3/8" diameter tube coils to 5 mm coils. 2.5 & 3 ton units have new coil slab height and new louver panels. 2.5 ton - small chassis; 3 ton - medium chassis.

GSC130601CAGSC13060[3BA/4BA]

5 mm coil and 29" chassis.

GSC130181DAGSX130[24-30]1EAGSC130361GA

Replaces Copeland compressor with Briston reciprocating compressor.

GSC130601DAGSC130603CA

Changed from Copeland ZRK3 series to Copeland ZRK5 series [ZR48K5PFV130 and ZR48K5TF130.

GSC13Goodman® BRAND SPLIT CONDENSERS 13 SEER - R22

Page 9: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

9

Model/Rev DescriptionGSC130181BBGSC130241DBGSC130301DBGSC130361FBGSC130421BBGSC130481BBGSC130601CB

Released models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.

GSC130421CAGSC130481CA

Released models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Replacing Copeland ZRK3 series compressor with Copeland ZRK5 series.

GSC130361GBGSC130421CBGSC130481CB GSC130601DB

Release models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per installation instructions. Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two-piece louver assembly to a two-piece lourver assembly.

GSC130181DAGSC130241EAGSC130301EAGSC130361GA

Release models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Replaced Copeland compressor with Bristol reciprocating compressor.

GSC130181FAGSC130241FA

Release models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Reduction of chassis to 23".

GSC130181GARelease models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. This is the reintroduction of the Panasonic compressor.

GSC130301ECRelease models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two-piece louver assembly.

GSC130363BBGSC130483BBGSC130603BB

Release models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.

GSC130483CBGSC130603CB

Release models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two-piece louver assembly.

GSC130484BBGSC130604BB

Release 460v models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.

GSC130604BCRelease 460v models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two-piece louver assembly.

GSC130363BC 3 ton condensing unit. Release of Goodman 13 SEER Condensers with updated serial plates (MCA and compressor RLA/LRA ratings).

GSC130363BD 3 ton condensing unit. Changed from four-piece louver assembly to a two-piece louver assembly plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.

GSC13Goodman® BRAND SPLIT CONDENSERS 13 SEER - R22

Page 10: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

10

Model/Rev Description

GSC130484BC

Release 460v models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Replaced Copeland ZRK3 series compressor with Copeland ZRK5 series compressor.

GSC130484BD

Release 460v models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. The current four piece louver assembly has changed to a two piece louver assembly.

GSC100903AEGSC100904ADGSC130241FCGSC130301EDGSC130361GCGSC130363BEGSC130[42-48]1CCGSC130484BEGSC130601DCGSC130603CCGSC130604BE

Compressors changed from those using mineral oil to those using oil type POE.

GSC130181GBGSC130241FDGSC130301EEGSC130361GDGSC130363BFGSC130421CDGSC13048(1/3)CDGSD130601DDGSC130603CDGSC130604BF

Hairpin removal to improve airflow.

GSC130241FF Changing Flat BOM structure to Indented BOM structure

GSC13Goodman® BRAND SPLIT CONDENSERS 13 SEER - R22

Page 11: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

11

Model/Rev Description

VSC13018-601AA Initial release of Value 13 Seer AC R-22 models.2 year part & 5 year compressor warranty in Bahama Beige.

VSC130181BAVSC13030-361BA

Converts models from 3/8" to 5mm with new coil slab height & new louver panels.2 year part & 5 year compressor warranty in Bahama Beige.

VSC13VALUE SPLIT CONDENSERS 13 SEER - R22

Model/Rev Description

ASC130**1AA Initial release new models of Amana® Brand Deluxe 13 Seer AC R-22 conditioners.

ASC130**1AB Moved location of screw hole.

ASC130**1AC Introduces horizontal style louvers.

ASC1301**1AD Remove 1 hairpin from coil.

ASC130601BD Remove 1 hairpin from coil. Reduce refrigerant quantities by 6 ounces.

ASC13Amana® BRAND SPLIT CONDENSERS 13 SEER - R22

Model/Rev Description

GSC140**1AA Introduces Goodman® Brand 14 Seer AC R-22 models.

GSC140**1AB New revisions have screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.

GSC140**1AC Release models containing the Broad Ocean motor 0131M00060 and 0131M00061

GSC140**1AD Revise condenser coils by removing (1) hairpin. Reducing refrigerant quantities by 6 ounces.

GSC140(18-42)1BA Conversion of existing models using 3/8" diameter tube coils to 5 mm coils.

GSC140(18-42)1CA Initial release of 14 SEER Dry Charge R-22 compatible AC units

GSC14Goodman® BRAND SPLIT CONDENSERS 14 SEER - R22

Page 12: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

12

Model/Rev DescriptionGSH10***AA Initial release.

GSH10***AB Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.

GSH100903ACGSH101203AC

Heat pump unit without R-22 refrigerant. MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.

GSH101203ADHeat pump unit without R-22 refrigerant with new ball valve/brackets, suction tube/assembly and panel w/offset.

GSH13042-48*AEGSH130191ACGSH130484AC, GSH13060*AC

Added mufflers.

GSH100904BAGSH101204AC

Initial release of 460v light commercial models without R-22 refrigerant. MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.

GSH100904BB R22 Condenser Models New Compressor with Oil Change from Mineral to POE

GSH100903BCGSH100904BCGSH101203AFGSH101204AE

Added Export Label "Not for same or use in the United States" to existing domestic GSH unit. The new minor revision will say "EXPORT ONLY" in the description.

GSH10Goodman® SPLIT HEAT PUMP 10 SEER - R22

Page 13: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

13

Model/Rev DescriptionGSH13***AA Initial release of Goodman® Brand Split Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units..

GSH13**1ABReplaced 8-pole fan motors with 6-pole. Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.

GSH13**1AC Broad Ocean motors. Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.

GSH13036-48*AD Broad Ocean motors

GSH13018-301BA Chassis reduction from medium to small.

GSH130421AE V10 reversing valve replaced with V6 reversing valve.

GSH13048*AG Bristol Compressor.

GSH13036*[BA/BB] Improvements to increase MOP values on 3 ton units.

GSH13042-48*AEGSH130191ACGSH130484ACGSH13060*AC

Added mufflers.

GSH130[18/24]1CD Changed reversing valve from Dunan to new SanHua reversing valve.

GSH10090[3-4]BBGSH101203AEGSH101204ADGSH130[18-30]1CE

Introduced model with compressor oil type POE.

GSH130361CEGSH130363AHGSH130[42-48]1BCGSH130483BCGSH130484AF

Introduced model with compressor oil type POE and changes current reversing valve from Dunan to SanHua.

GSH13060[1,3,4]AD Introduced model with compressor oil type POE.

GSH130181BBGSH130241BBGSH130301BBGSH130361BCGSH130421AFGSH130481AEGSH130601AC

Release of models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.

GSH130421BARelease of models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Replacing Copeland ZRK3 series compressors with ZRK5 series compressors.

GSH13Goodman® SPLIT HEAT PUMP 13 SEER - R22

Page 14: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

14

Model/Rev DescriptionGSH130181CAGSH130241CAGSH130301CAGSH130361CA

Release models holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Changing reciprocating compressor to scroll compressor.

GSH130[18,24]1CBGSH130[30,36]1CBGSH130421AGGSH130481AF

Release models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Models listed have new 6 pole motor and corresponding new fan blades.

GSH130(18,24,30)1CCGSH130361CD

Release of models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. The current four-piece louver assembly has changed to a two-pieced louver assembly

GSH130361CC Changed to motor (0131M00018P; 1/4 hp, 6 pole), fan blade (B21086750), outdoor piston (0.059) and indoor piston (0.071).

GSH130481BA Release of 4 ton model with Copeland ZR42K5PFV130 compressor.

GSH130421BBGSH130481BB

Release of 4 ton model with Copeland ZR42K5PFV130 compressor. The current four piece louver assembly has changed to a two piece louver plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.

GSH130363AEGSH130483AEGSH130603AC

Release models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.

GSH130363AF Release of models with updated serial plates (MCA and compressor RLA/LRA ratings).

GSH130363AG Changed current four piece louver assembly to a two piece louver assembly plus a corner post on Goodman series 26" and 29" chassis.

GSH130484ACGSH130604AC

Release of 460V models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions.

GSH130483BAGSH130484AD

Release of models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. Replacing Copeland ZRK3 series compressors with ZRK5 series.

GSH130483BBRelease of models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. The current four piece louver assembly has changed to a two piece louver plus a corner

GSH130484AERelease of models with holding charge only; MODELS DO NOT CONTAIN REFRIGERANT. Units must be evacuated and charged with R-22 per the installation instructions. The current four piece louver assembly has changed to a two piece louver plus a corner

GSH130363AJ GSH130483BD GSH130484AG GSH130603AE GSH130604AE

Added Export Label "Not for same or use in the United States" to existing domestic GSH unit. The new minor revision will say "EXPORT ONLY" in the description.

GSH130361CFGSH130[421,481]BD Replaced motor 0131M00018P with 0131M00813

GSH13Goodman® SPLIT HEAT PUMP 13 SEER - R22

Page 15: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

15

Model/Rev Description

VSH1318-601AA Initial release of Value Split Heat Pumps 13 Seer R-22 models.2 year parts and 5 year compressor warranty in Bahama Beige.

VSH13VALUE SPLIT HEAT PUMP 13 Seer

Model/Rev Description

ASH130**1AA Initial release of Amana® Brand Deluxe 13 Seer R-22 heat pumps.

ASH130**1AB Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.

ASH130**1AC New horizontal style louvers.

ASH13Amana® BRAND SPLIT HEAT PUMPS 13 SEER - R22

Model/Rev DescriptionGSH140**1AA Initial release of Goodman® Brand Split Heat Pump 14 Seer heat pump units.

GSH140**1AB Screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.

GSH140**1AC Broad Ocean motor.

GSH140361AF,GSH140421-48ADGSH140601AE

Replaced TXV and compensator with flowrator and accumulator.

GSH14Goodman® SPLIT HEAT PUMP 14 SEER - R22

Page 16: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

16

AIR HANDLERS

Model/Rev Description

ASPF313716AA Introduction of 3-Ton Air Handler units with 3-row coil.

ASPF****16AA Introduces new ASPF Air Handlers

ASPF****16BAControl scheme modification that ensures blower operation during and after call for heat on units with heat kits.Replaced coil wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.

ASPFA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER S-MULTI-POSITION EEM MOTOR PAINTED FLOWRATOR

Model/Rev Description

ADPF****16AA Introducation of new 13 SEER Air Handler Model suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A.

ADPF364216ABADPF486016ABADPF304216AC

Replaced current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.

ADPF****1BA Replaced ADPF coils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.

ADPF 13 SEERA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER DOWNFLOW PSC MOTOR PAINTED FLOWRATOR

Model/Rev Description

ARPF****16AA Introducation of new 13 SEER Air Handler Model suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A

ARPF364216ABARPF486016AB

Replaced current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.

ARPF****16BA Replaced ARPF coils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.

ARPF****1BA Introducation of R-22 Only Air Handlers.

ARPF 13 SEERA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER R-MULTI-POSITION MOTOR PAINTED FLOWRATOR

Model/Rev Description

ARUF****16AA Introduction of new 13 SEER Air Handler Model suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A

ARUF364216ABARUF486016ABARUF364216AC

Replaced current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.

ARUF****16BA Replaced ARUFcoils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.

ARUF****1BA Introducation of R-22 Only Air Handlers.

ARUF 13 SEERA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER R-MULTI-POSITION PSC MOTOR UNPAINTED FLOWRATOR

Page 17: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

17

AIR HANDLERS

Model/Rev Description

AEPF****16AA Introduction of new 13 SEER Air Handler Models suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A

AEPF****16BA Introduction of models adding lower kW hit kits on the S&R plate.

AEPF****16BB Replaced current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.

AEPF****16CA Replaced AEPF coils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.

AEPF****1BA Introduction of R-22 Only Air Handlers.

AEPF313716AA Introduction of 3-Ton Air Handler units with 3-row coil.

AEPF 13 SEERA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER E-MULTI-POSITION VARIABLE-SPEED MOTOR PAINTED FLOWRATOR

Model/Rev Description

AWUF****1AA Initial release of 13 SEER Dayton wall mount air handlers.

AWUF****16AA Initial release 13 SEER Dayton wall mount air handlers suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A refrigerant.

AWUF3005-101AA Introduces 13 SEER Dayton wall mount air handlers using a Burr Oak Louvered Fin coil.

AWUF****1BA Replaced wave fin design with new louvered fin design

AWUF370**16AA Introduction of AWUF37 Air Handlers for use with R-22 and R410A.

AWUF****16BA Revision has louver fins & replaces copper tube hairpins with aluminum hairpins.

AWUF 13 SEERA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER WALL MOUNT PSC MOTOR UNPAINTED FLOWRATOR

Page 18: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

18

AIR HANDLERS

Model/Rev Description

MBR****AA-1AA Initial release of modular blower with PSC blower motor.

MBRMODULAR BLOWER AIR HANDLER R-MULTI-POSITION PSC MOTOR

Model/Rev Description

MBE****AA-1AA Initial release of modular blower with variable speed blower motor.

MBE****AA-1BA Initial release of new models with added lower kW hit kits on the S&R plate.

MBEMODULAR BLOWER AIR HANDLER E-MULTI-POSITION VARIABLE-SPEED MOTOR

Model/Rev Description

ACNF****1AA Initial release of 13 SEER Dayton uncased air handlers.

ACNF****16AA Initial release of 13 SEER Dayton uncased air handlers suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A

ACNF****1AB Drain pan material change.

ACNF****1BA Replaced wavy fin design with new louvered fin design

ACNF 13 SEERA SINGLE PIECE AIR HANDLER CEILING MOUNT N-UNCASED FLOWRATOR

Page 19: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

19

COILS

GSC13048*AD Broad Ocean motor 0131M00061.

GSC130481AGGSC130361DF

Bristol compressors.

GSC130[483/484]CA Changed from Copeland ZRK3 series to Compressors Copeland ZRK5 series [ZR38K5TF5130 and ZR38K5TFD130].

GSC130181B*GSC130421B*GSC13048[1B*/3B*/4B*]

Conversion from 3/8" diameter tube coils to 5 mm coils.

GSC130361BA Initial release of 35" chassis with Copeland Scroll compressor.

GSC130181CA Compressor change from a recip compressor to a Panasonic Rotary compressor.

GSC130[24-30]1CA Reduced chassis size from the current 29x32.5 to 26x32.

Model/Rev Description

CAUF*****6AA Initial release of CAUF Dayton Upflow/Downflow coils.

CAUF*****6BA Burr Oak Louvered Fin replaced Wavy Fin.

CAUF****6*DA Replaced existing copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.

CAUF*****6DB Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.

CAUFC-INDOOR COIL A-UPFLOW/DOWNFLOW UNCASED FLOWRATOR

Model/Rev Description

CTPF*****6AA Initial release of coated coils.

CTPF1824*6ABCTPF3030*6ABCTPF3131*6ABCTPF3636*6ACCTPF3642*6ABCTPF4860*6AB

Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.

CPTFC-INDOOR COIL T-COATED P-PAINTED FLOWRATOR

Page 20: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

20

Model/Rev DescriptionCHPF*****6AA Intial release of 13 SEER CHPF horizontal A coil.

CHPF*****6BA Released Burr Oak Louvered Fin in place of the Wavy Fin. The rows changed by one, (i.e. 4 row to 3 row; 3 row to 2 row) where applicable.

CHPF1824A6CACHPF2430B6CACHPF3636B6CACHPF3642C6CACHPF3642D6CACHPF3743C6BACHPF3743D6BACHPF4860D6DA

Louvered fins. Replaced copper tube hairpins with aluminum hairpins.

CHPF1824A6CBCHPF2430B6CBCHPF3636B6CBCHPF3642C6CBCHPF3642D6CBCHPF3743C6BBCHPF3743D6BBCHPF4860D6DB

Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.

CHPF1824A6CCCHPF2430B6CCCHPF3636B6CCCHPF3642C6CCCHPF3642D6CCCHPF3743C6BCCHPF3743D6BCCHPF4860D6DC

Change to prepainted wrappers

CHPFC-INDOOR COIL HORIZONTAL A-COIL PAINTED FLOWRATOR

COILS

Model/Rev Description

CSCF*****6AA Initial release of 13 SEER horizontal slab coil.

CSCF*****6BA Initial release of Burr Oak Louvered Fin. Rows changed by one, (i.e. 4 row to 3 row; 3 row to 2 row) where applicable.

CSCF1824N6BBCSCF3036N6BBCSCF3642N6CBCSCF4860N6CB

Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.

CSCF 13 SEERC-INDOOR COIL HORIZONTAL SLAB COIL C-UNPAINTED FLOWRATOR 13 SEER

Page 21: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

21

Model/Rev DescriptionCAPT3131B4BACAPT3131C4BA

Initial release of coils with factory-installed, non-adjustable TXV. Single stage AHRI ratings for CAPT3131 NTC combinations.

CAPT3743C4AACAPT3743D4AA

Initial release of single stage AHRI ratings for CAPT3743 NTC combinations.

CAPT4961C4AACAPT4961D4AA

Initial release of single stage AHRI ratings for CAPT4961C4 NTC combinations.

CAPT3131B4ABCAPT3131C4ABCAPT3743C4ABCAPT3743D4ABCAPT4961C4ABCAPT4961D4AB

Redesign the wrapper for the CAPT to provide increased ease of installation.

CAPTC-INDOOR COIL A-UPFLOW/DOWNFLOW PAINTED CASED FLOWRATOR W/TXV

Model/Rev DescriptionCTUF1824*6AACTUF3030*6AACTUF3131*6AACTUF3636*6AACTUF3642*6AACTUF4860*6AA

Initial release.

CTUF1824*6ABCTUF3030*6ABCTUF3131*6ABCTUF3636*6ACCTUF3642*6ABCTUF4860*6AB

Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.

CTUFC-INDOOR COIL T-COATED U-UNPAINTED FLOWRATOR

COILS

Page 22: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

22

COILS

Model/Rev Description

CAPF*****6AA Initial release of CAPF Dayton Upflow/Downflow coils.

CAPF*****6BA Burr Oak Louvered Fin replaced Wavy Fin.

CAPF/CAUF36***CA Performance improvement from 2 row to 3 row.

CAPF*****6DA Replaced existing copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.

CAPF*****6DB Drain pan material change to a Decabromodiphenyl Ether free resin.

CAPF1824A6DCCAPF1824B6DCCAPF1824C6DCCAPF3030A6DCCAPF3030B6DCCAPF3030C6DCCAPF3030D6DCCAPF3131B6DCCAPF3131C6DCCAPF3137B6ABCAPF3636A6DCCAPF3636B6DCCAPF3636C6DCCAPF3636D6DCCAPF3642C6DCCAPF3642D6DCCAPF3743C6DCCAPF3743D6DCCAPF4860C6DCCAPF4860D6DCCAPF4961C6DCCAPF4961D6DC

Redesign the wrapper for the CAPF to provide increased ease of installation.

CAPFC-INDOOR COIL A-UPFLOW/DOWNFLOW PAINTED CASED FLOWRATOR

Page 23: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

23

ACCESSORIES

*Installed on indoor coil.

M odel Des cription ASC13018 ASC13024 ASC13030 ASC13036 ASC13042 ASC13048 ASC13060OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat --- --- --- --- --- --- ---FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X X XASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit X X X X X X XTX2N2* TXV Kit X --- --- --- --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x x x x --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- --- X X XCSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit X X X X --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- X X X XCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- --- --- X XLSK02A X X X X X X X

M odel Des cription G/VSC13018 G/VSC13024 G/VSC13030 G/VSC13036OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat --- --- --- ---FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit X X X XASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit X X X XTX2N2* TXV Kit X --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x x x xTX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- ---CSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit X X X XCSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- XCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- ---LSK02A X X X x

M odel Des cription G/VSC13042 G/VSC13048 G/VSC13060OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat --- --- ---FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit X X XASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit X X XTX2N2* TXV Kit --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit X X XCSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit X X XCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- X XLSK02A X X X

M odel Des cription GSC100903 GSC100904 GSC101203 GSC101204FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit x x x xASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit x x x xOT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit --- --- --- ---LSK03* X X X X

Liquid Solenoid Kit

Liquid Solenoid Kit

Liquid Solenoid Kit

Liquid Solenoid Kit

Page 24: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

ACCESSORIES

24

*Installed on indoor coil.

Model Description G/VSH13018 G/VSH13024 G/VSH13030 G/VSH13036 G/VSH13042 G/VSH13048 G/VSH13060AFE18-60A All Fuel Kit X X X X X X XOT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat X X X X X X XFSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X X XASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit X X X X X X XTX2N2* TXV Kit x --- --- --- --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x X X X --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- --- X X XOT18-60A Outdoor Lockout Stat X X X X X X XOT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit X X X X X X XCSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit X X X X --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- X X X XCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- --- --- X XLSK02A X X X X X X X

Model Description ASH13018 ASH13024 ASH13030 ASH13036 ASH13042 ASH13048 ASH13060AFE18-60A All Fuel Kit X X X X X X XOT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat X X X X X X XFSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X X XASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit X X X X X X XTX2N2* TXV Kit x --- --- --- --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x X X X --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- --- X X XOT18-60A Outdoor Lockout Stat X X X X X X XOT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit X X X X X X XCSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit X X X X --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- X X X XCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- --- --- X XLSK02A X X X X X X X

Model Description GSH100903 GSH100904 GSH101203 GSH101204FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit x x x xASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit x x x xOT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit --- --- --- ---LSK03* X X X X

Liquid Solenoid Kit

Liquid Solenoid Kit

Liquid Solenoid Kit

Page 25: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

25

ACCESSORIES Model Description CPKF24 CPKF36 CPKF42 CPKF48 CPKF60 CPKF61AFE18-60A All Fuel Kit x x x x x xOT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat x x x x x xFSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit x x x x x xASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit x x x x x xTX2N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x x --- --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- x x x xOT18-60A Outdoor Lockout Stat x x x x x xOT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit x x x x x xCSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit x x --- --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- x x x x xCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- x x x

Model Description CKF24 CKF36 CKF48 CKF60 CKF70AFE18-60A All Fuel Kit --- --- --- --- ---OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat --- --- --- --- ---FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit x x x x xASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit x x x x xTX2N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x x --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- x x ---OT18-60A Outdoor Lockout Stat --- --- --- --- ---OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit --- --- --- --- ---CSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit x x --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- x x x ---CSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- x x ---

Model Description CKL18 CKL24 CKL30 CKL36 CKL42 CKL49 CKL60AFE18-60A All Fuel Kit --- --- --- --- --- --- ---OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat --- --- --- --- --- --- ---FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit x x x x x x xASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit x x x x x x xTX2N2* TXV Kit x --- --- --- --- --- ---TX3N2* TXV Kit x x x x --- --- ---TX5N2* TXV Kit --- --- --- --- x x xOT18-60A Outdoor Lockout Stat --- --- --- --- --- --- ---OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit --- --- --- --- --- --- ---CSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit x x x x --- --- ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- x x x xCSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit --- --- --- --- --- x x

Model Description CE120AFE18-60A All Fuel Kit ---OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat ---FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit xASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit xTX2N2* TXV Kit ---TX3N2* TXV Kit ---TX5N2* TXV Kit ---OT18-60A Outdoor Lockout Stat ---OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat relay kit ---CSR-U-1 Hard Start Kit ---CSR-U-2 Hard Start Kit ---CSR-U-3 Hard Start Kit ---

Page 26: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

ACCESSORIES

26

SUCTION LINE

BULB

1/4 FLARE CONNECTION

EXPANSION VALVE

EVAPORATOR COIL

REMOVE BEFORE INSTALLING EXPANSION VALVE

SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT

SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT

BULB TO BE LOCATEDAT 10 OR 2 O'CLOCK

For Applications requiringa field installed access fitting

TAILPIECE

3/8"-SWEAT

7/8" NUT

DISTRIBUTORBODY

PISTON SEAL

EVAPORATOR COIL

1/4' FLARECONNECTION

BULB SUCTION LINE

EXPANSION VALVE

REMOVE BEFOREINSTALLINGEXPANSION VALVE SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT

SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT

BULB TO BE LOCATEDAT 10 OR 2 O'CLOCK

TAILPIECE

3/8"-SWEAT

7/8" NUT

DISTRIBUTORBODY

PISTON SEAL

For Applications not requiringa field installed access fitting

EXPANSION VALVE KITS

OT/EHR18-60OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT &EMERGENCY HEAT RELAY

Set Point Adjustment

Screw Set PointIndicator

Mark(Shown @ Oº F)

ThermostatDial

DEADDIAL

315º

45º

COLD (Turn Clockwise)

WARM (Turn Counterclockwise)

OT18-60

Page 27: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

27

ACCESSORIES

FSK01AFREEZE THERMOSTAT

KIT

T2 T1

L2 L1

BLACK 1

THERMOSTATWIRE

SHORT CYCLEPROTECTOR

YELLOW 1

BLACK 1

Y1Y2

R1R2

Y

CUNIT

TERMINALBOARD

CONTACTOR

ASC01AANTI-SHORT -CYCLE CONTROL KIT

Install LineThermostat

Here

Install LineThermostat

Here

Wire Nut

Wire Nut

YY

Blac

k

Black

Wire Nut

Y

Wire Nut YBlack

Black

Page 28: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

ACCESSORIES

28

COIL ACCESSORIES

HKR SERIES ELECTRIC HEAT KITSELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS

MBR & MBE

COIL MODEL TX2N2 TXV KIT TX3N2 TXV KIT TX5N2 TXV KIT FSK01A FREEZE PROTECTION KIT

CA*F030B4* --- X --- XCA*F036B4* --- X --- XCA*F042C4* --- --- X XCA*F048C4* --- --- X XCA*F057D4* --- --- X XCA*F060D4* --- --- X XCHPF030A4* --- X --- XCHPF036B4* --- X --- XCHPF042A4* --- --- X XCHPF048D4* --- --- X XCHPF060D4* --- --- X XCH36FCB --- X --- XCH48FCB --- --- X XCH60FCB --- --- X XCA*F18246* X X --- XCA*F30306* --- X --- XCA*F36426* --- X X XCHPF18246* X --- X XCHPF30306* --- --- X XCHPF36426* --- --- X XCSCF1824N6* X --- --- XCSCF303N6* --- X --- XCSCF3642N6* --- X X X

NO HEAT HKR-03* HKR05-(C)' HKR-06* HKR-08(C)* HKR-10(C)* HKR-15(C)* HKR-20(C)* HKR-21(C)* ^HKR3-15* ^HKR3-20A

MBR0800AA-1AA - X X X X X

MBR1200AA-1AA - X X X X X X X X X X

MBR1600AA-1AA - X X X X X X X X X X

MBR2000AA-1AA - X X X X X X X X X X

MBE1200AA-1AA - - - - X X X - - - -

MBE1600AA-1AA - - - - - X X - - - -

MBE2000AA-1AA - - - - - X X X - - -

MBE1200AA-1BA - X X X X X X - - - -

MBE1600AA-1BA - X X X X X X - - - -

MBE2000AA-1BA - X X X X X X X - - -

X = Allowable combinations ̂= Circuit 1: Single Phase for Air Handler Motor * = Revision level that my or may not be designated- = Restricted combinations Circuit 2: 3-Phase for HKR3 Heater Kits C = Circuit Breaker option

ELECTRIC HEAT KITBLOWER

Page 29: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT DESIGN

29

This section gives a basic description of cooling unit opera-tion, its various components and their basic operation. En-sure your system is properly sized for heat gain and lossaccording to methods of the Air Conditioning ContractorsAssociation (ACCA) or equivalent.

CONDENSING UNITThese units are designed for free air discharge. Condensedair is pulled through the condenser coil by a direct drivepropeller fan and then discharged from the cabinet top. Theunit requires no additional resistance (i.e. duct work) andshould not be added.The GSH13, GSH14, ASH13 and VSH13 Heat Pump con-densing units are designed for 208-230 dual voltage singlephase applications. The GSH13 3 ton model is available in230V, 3 phase applications. The GSH13 4 and 5 ton modelsare available for 230V, 3-phase and 460V, 3-phase applica-tions.The units range in size from 1.5 to 5-ton and have a rating of13 and 14 SEER. SEER efficiency is dependent upon the unitand its components. Refer to the "Technical Information"manual of the unit you are servicing for further details.The GSC13, GSC14 and ASC13 and VSC13 CondensingUnits are made in 1.5 through 5 ton sizes. They are designedfor 208-240 volt single phase applications. The GSC13 3 tonmodel is available in 230V, 3 phase applications. The GSC134 and 5 ton models are available for 230V, 3-phase and 460V,3-phase applications.Suction and Liquid Line ConnectionsAll units come equipped with suction and liquid valves designedfor connection to refrigerant-type copper. Front seating valvesare factory-installed to accept the field-run copper. The totalrefrigerant charge needed for a normal operation is alsofactory-installed. For additional refrigerant line set information,refer to the "Technical Information" manual of the unit you areservicing.CompressorsGSC13, VSC13, GSH13 and VSH13 use a mix of reciprocat-ing and scroll compressors, except for the VSC130181AA/BAwhich uses a rotary compressor. The ASC13 and ASH13 usethe Copeland Scroll® Compressor. There are a number ofdesign characteristics which differentiate the scroll com-pressor from the reciprocating compressor. One is the scroll.A scroll is an involute spiral which, when matched with amating scroll form, generates a series of crescent-shaped gaspockets between the members (see following illustration).During compression, one scroll remains stationary while theother form orbits. This motion causes the resulting gas pocketto compress and push toward the center of the scrolls. Whenthe center is reached, the gas is discharged out a port locatedat the compressor center.

GSC130361D* and GSC130481AG use Bristol® BENCH-MARK™ compressors, the most advanced compressors inthe industry today. The BENCHMARK™ reciprocating com-pressor can be recognized by a “J” in the fourth character of thecompressor model number. Innovative mechanical design andgas management make the BENCHMARK™ compressor veryefficient and remarkably quiet. The sound content (frequency)delivers exceptional acoustical characteristics and the virtu-ally round housing design is compact and also helps to reducethe overall sound and vibration.GSC130181BA and GSC130181CA use Panasonic® rotarycompressors.

COILS AND BLOWER COILSMBR/MBE blower cabinets are designed to be used as a two-piece blower and coil combination. MBR/MBE blower sectionscan be attached to cased evaporator coil. This two-piecearrangement allows for a variety of mix-matching possibilitiesproviding greater flexibility. The MBE blower cabinet uses avariable speed motor that maintains a constant airflow with ahigher duct static.It is approved for applications with cooling coils of up to 0.8inches W.C. external static pressure and includes a featurethat allows airflow to be changed by +15%. The MBR blowercabinet uses a PSC motor. It is approved for applications withcooling coils of up to 0.5 inches W.C. external static pressure.

Page 30: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

PRODUCT DESIGN

30

The MBR/MBE blower cabinets with proper coil matches canbe positioned for upflow, counterflow, horizontal right orhorizontal left operation. All units are constructed with R-4.2insulation. In areas of extreme humidity (greater than 80%consistently), insulate the exterior of the blower with insula-tion having a vapor barrier equivalent to ductwork insulation,providing local codes permit.The CAPX/CHPX coils are equipped with a thermostaticexpansion valve that has a built-in internal check valve forrefrigerant metering. The CACF/CAPF/CHPF coils areequipped with a fixed restrictor orifice.The coils are designed for upflow, counterflow or horizontalapplication, using two-speed direct drive motors on theCACF/CAPF/CHPX models and BPM (Brushless Perma-nent Magnet) or ECM motors on the MBE models.The ARUF is a multi-position air handler (upflow/horizontalor downflow) and is equipped with a flowrator for cooling andheat pump applications. Because of its seamless coppertubing and aluminum fins, there are fewer leaks. The steelcabinet of the ARUF is fully insulated and rust resistant.Thermal expansion kits for air conditioning and heat pumpapplications are available.

ARPF*B 2 to 5 ton air handlers are dedicated for downflowoperation and are approved for modular homes. Flowrater.transformer and blower time delay are on all standard ARPFunits. Both the ARUF and ARPF have direct-drive multi-speed motors.AEPF is a multi-position, variable-speed air handler and canbe used with R-410A or R-22 (models ending in 1/16). Theunit's blower design includes a variable-speed DC motor andis compatible with heat pumps and variable-capacity coolingapplications.ASPF is a multi-position air handler that can be used with R-410A or R-22 and it features a X-13 motor. This motor is aconstant torque motor with very low power consumption andit is energized by a 24V signal. The X-13 features anintegrated control module and is compatible with heat pumpsand cooling applications.

Page 31: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SYSTEM OPERATION

31

COOLINGThe refrigerant used in the system is R-22. It is a clear,colorless, non-toxic, non-irritating, and non-explosive liquid.The chemical formula is CHCLF2. The boiling point, atatmospheric pressure is -41.4°F.A few of the important principles that make the refrigerationcycle possible are: heat always flows from a warmer to acooler body, under lower pressure a refrigerant will absorbheat and vaporize at a low temperature, the vapors may bedrawn off and condensed at a higher pressure and tempera-ture to be used again.The indoor evaporator coil functions to cool and dehumidifythe air conditioned spaces through the evaporative processtaking place within the coil tubes.NOTE: The pressures and temperatures shown in therefrigerant cycle illustrations on the following pages are fordemonstration purposes only. Actual temperatures and pres-sures are to be obtained from the "Expanded PerformanceChart."Liquid refrigerant at condensing pressure and temperatures,(270 psig and 122°F), leaves the outdoor condensing coilthrough the drier and is metered into the indoor coil throughthe metering device. As the cool, low pressure, saturatedrefrigerant enters the tubes of the indoor coil, a portion of theliquid immediately vaporizes. It continues to soak up heat andvaporizes as it proceeds through the coil, cooling the indoorcoil down to about 48°F.Heat is continually being transferred to the cool fins and tubesof the indoor evaporator coil by the warm system air. Thiswarming process causes the refrigerant to boil. The heatremoved from the air is carried off by the vapor.As the vapor passes through the last tubes of the coil, itbecomes superheated, that is, it absorbs more heat than isnecessary to vaporize it. This is assurance that only dry gaswill reach the compressor. Liquid reaching the compressorcan weaken or break compressor valves.The compressor increases the pressure of the gas, thusadding more heat, and discharges hot, high pressure super-heated gas into the outdoor condenser coil.In the condenser coil, the hot refrigerant gas, being warmerthan the outdoor air, first loses its superheat by heat trans-ferred from the gas through the tubes and fins of the coil. Therefrigerant now becomes saturated, part liquid, part vapor andthen continues to give up heat until it condenses to a liquidalone. Once the vapor is fully liquefied, it continues to give upheat which subcools the liquid, and it is ready to repeat thecycle.

HEATINGThe heating portion of the refrigeration cycle is similar to thecooling cycle. By energizing the reversing valve solenoid coil,the flow of the refrigerant is reversed. The indoor coil nowbecomes the condenser coil, and the outdoor coil becomesthe evaporator coil.The check valve at the indoor coil will open by the flow ofrefrigerant letting the now condensed liquid refrigerant by-pass the indoor expansion device. The check valve at theoutdoor coil will be forced closed by the refrigerant flow,thereby utilizing the outdoor expansion device.The restrictor orifice used with the CA*F, CHPF coils and theAR*F air handler will be forced onto a seat when running inthe cooling cycle, only allowing liquid refrigerant to passthrough the orifice opening. In the heating cycle it will beforced off the seat allowing liquid to flow around the restrictor.A check valve is not required in this circuit.COOLING CYCLEWhen the contacts of the room thermostat close makingterminals R to Y & G, the low voltage circuit of the transformeris completed. Current now flows through the magnetic hold-ing coils of the compressor contactor (CC) and fan relay(RFC).This draws in the normally open contact CC, starting thecompressor and condenser fan motors. At the same timecontacts RFC close starting the indoor fan motor.When the thermostat is satisfied, it opens its contacts,breaking the low voltage circuit, causing the compressorcontactor and indoor fan relay to open, shutting down thesystem.If the room thermostat fan selector switch should be set onthe "on" position, then the indoor blower would run continuousrather than cycling with the compressor.Heat pumps energize the reversing valve thorough the "O"circuit in the room thermostat. Therefore the reversing valveremains energized as long as the thermostat subbase is inthe cooling position. The only exception to this is duringdefrost.

Page 32: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SYSTEM OPERATION

32

DEFROST CYCLEThe defrosting of the outdoor coil is jointly controlled by thedefrost timing board, defrost (30/60) control, and compressorrun time.Solid State Defrost ControlDuring operation the power to the circuit board is controlledby a temperature sensor, which is clamped to a return bend(3/8" coils) or a feeder tube (5 mm coils) entering the outdoorcoil. Defrost timing periods of 30, 60, or 90 minutes may beselected by connecting the circuit board jumper to 30, 60, or90 respectively. Accumulation of time for the timing periodselected starts when the sensor closes (approximately 31°F), and when the room thermostat calls for heat. At the endof the timing period, the unit’s defrost cycle will be initiatedprovided the sensor remains closed. When the sensor opens(approximately 75° F), the defrost cycle is terminated and thetiming period is reset. If the defrost cycle is not terminateddue to the sensor temperature, a ten minute override inter-rupts the unit’s defrost period. The new upgraded defrostcontrol has a 12 minute override interrupt.

W2 DFTDF1

DF2

906030

HEATING CYCLEThe reversing valve on the heat pump models is energized inthe cooling cycle through the "O" terminal on the roomthermostat.These models have a 24 volt reversing valve coil. When thethermostat selector switch is set in the cooling position, the"O" terminal on the thermostat is energized all the time.Care must be taken when selecting a room thermostat. Referto the installation instructions shipped with the product forapproved thermostats.

Page 33: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SYSTEM OPERATION

33

COOLING CYCLE

HEATING CYCLE

IndoorCoil

Accumulator

Bi-FlowFilter Dryer

OutdoorCoil

ThermostaticExpansion

Valve

Check Valve

Reversing Valve(De-Energized)

IndoorCoil

Accumulator

Bi-FlowFilter Dryer

OutdoorCoil

ThermostaticExpansion

Valve

Check Valve

Reversing Valve(Energized)

Page 34: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SYSTEM OPERATION

34

RESTRICTOR ORIFICE ASSEMBLYIN COOLING OPERATION

RESTRICTOR ORIFICE ASSEMBLYIN HEATING OPERATION

In the cooling mode, the orifice is pushed into itsseat, forcing refrigerant to flow through the metered

hole in the center of the orifice.

In the heating mode, the orifice moves back off itsseat, allowing refrigerant to flow unmetered around

the outside of the orifice.

EXPANSION VALVE/CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLYIN COOLING OPERATION

EXPANSION VALVE/CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLYIN HEATING OPERATION

Most expansion valves used in current Amana® Brand Heat Pump productsuse an internally checked expansion valve.

This type of expansion valve does not require an external check valve as shown above.However, the principle of operation is the same.

Page 35: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SYSTEM OPERATION

35

IndoorCoil

OutdoorCoil

ThermostaticExpansion

Valve

COOLING CYCLE - CONDENSING UNIT

In the cooling mode, the orifice is pushed into itsseat, forcing refrigerant to flow through the metered

hole in the center of the orifice.

Page 36: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SYSTEM OPERATION

36

AFE18-60A CONTROL BOARDDESCRIPTIONThe AFE18 control is designed for use in heat pump applica-tions where the indoor coil is located above/downstream of agas or fossil fuel furnace. It will operate with single and twostage heat pumps and single and two stage furnaces. TheAFE18 control will turn the heat pump unit off when thefurnace is turned on. An anti-short cycle feature is alsoincorporated which initiates a 3 minute timed off delay whenthe compressor goes off. On initial power up or loss andrestoration of power, this 3 minute timed off delay will beinitiated. The compressor won’t be allowed to restart until the3 minute off delay has expired. Also included is a 5 secondde-bounce feature on the “Y, E, W1 and O” thermostat inputs.These thermostat inputs must be present for 5 secondsbefore the AFE18 control will respond to it.An optional outdoor thermostat, OT18-60A, can be used withthe AFE18 to switch from heat pump operation to furnaceoperation below a specific ambient temperature setting, i.e.break even temperature during heating. When used in thismanner, the “Y” heat demand is switched to the “W1” inputto the furnace by the outdoor thermostat and the furnace isused to satisfy the first stage “Y” heat demand. On somecontrols, if the outdoor thermostat fails closed in this position

during the heating season, it will turn on the furnace during thecooling season on a “Y” cooling demand. In this situation, thefurnace produces heat and increases the indoor temperaturethereby never satisfying the cooling demand. The furnace willcontinue to operate and can only be stopped by switching thethermostat to the off position or removing power to the unit andthen replacing the outdoor thermostat. When the AFE18receives a “Y” and “O” input from the indoor thermo-stat, it recognizes this as a cooling demand in the coolingmode. If the outdoor thermostat is stuck in the closedposition switching the “Y” demand to the “W1” furnace inputduring the cooling mode as described above, the AFE18won’t allow the furnace to operate. The outdoor thermostatwill have to be replaced to restore the unit to normal operation.

HIGH VOLTAGE!Disconnect ALL power before servicingor installing. Multiple power sourcesmay be present. Failure to do so maycause property damage, personal injuryor death.

Page 37: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

37

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

Com plaintSyste m

Operating Pre ss ure s

POSSIBLE CAUSE

DOTS IN ANALYSISGUIDE INDICATE

"POSSIBLE CAUSE" SYM

PTO

MSy

stem

will

not s

tart

Com

pres

sor w

ill no

t sta

rt - f

an ru

ns

Com

p. a

nd C

ond.

Fan

will

not s

tart

Evap

orat

or fa

n w

ill no

t sta

rt

Con

dens

er fa

n w

ill no

t sta

rt

Com

pres

sor r

uns

- goe

s of

f on

over

load

Com

pres

sor c

ycle

s on

ove

rload

Syst

em ru

ns c

ontin

uous

ly -

little

coo

ling/

htg

Too

cool

and

then

too

war

m

Not

coo

l eno

ugh

on w

arm

day

s

Cer

tain

are

as to

o co

ol, o

ther

s to

o w

arm

Com

pres

sor i

s no

isy

Syst

em ru

ns -

blow

s co

ld a

ir in

hea

ting

Uni

t will

not t

erm

inat

e de

frost

Uni

t will

not d

efro

st

Low

suc

tion

pres

sure

Low

hea

d pr

essu

re

Hig

h su

ctio

n pr

essu

re

Hig

h he

ad p

ress

ure

Test MethodRemedy

See

Ser

vice

Pro

cedu

re R

ef.

Pow er Failure • • • • Test Voltage S-1Blow n Fuse • • • • • Inspect Fuse Size & Type S-1Unbalanced Pow er, 3PH • • • Test Voltage S-1Loose Connection • • • • • • Inspect Connection - Tighten S-2, S-3Shorted or Broken Wires • • • • • • Test Circuits With Ohmmeter S-2, S-3Open Fan Overload • • • • • • Test Continuity of Overload S-17AFaulty Thermostat • • • • • Test Continuity of Thermostat & Wiring S-3Faulty Transformer • • • • Check Control Circuit w ith Voltmeter S-4Shorted or Open Capacitor • • • • • • Test Capacitor S-15Internal Compressor Overload Open • ♦ Test Continuity of Overload S-17AShorted or Grounded Compressor • • Test Motor Windings S-17BCompressor Stuck • • • ♦ Use Test Cord S-17DFaulty Compressor Contactor • • • Test Continuity of Coil & Contacts S-7, S-8Faulty Fan Relay • Test Continuity of Coil And Contacts S-7Open Control Circuit • Test Control Circuit w ith Voltmeter S-4Low Voltage • • • Test Voltage S-1Faulty Evap. Fan Motor • • ♦ Repair or Replace S-16Shorted or Grounded Fan Motor • • Test Motor Windings S-16Improper Cooling Antic ipator • • Check Resistance of Antic ipator S-3BShortage of Refrigerant • • ♦ • • Test For Leaks, Add Ref rigerant S-101,103Restricted Liquid Line • • • • • Remove Restriction, Replace Restricted Part S-112Open Element or Limit on Elec. Heater ♦ ♦ Test Heater Element and Controls S-26,S-27Dirty A ir Filter • • • • ♦ Inspect Filter-Clean or ReplaceDirty Indoor Coil • • • • ♦ Inspect Coil - CleanNot enough air across Indoor Coil • • • • ♦ Check Blow er Speed, Duct Static Press, Filter S-200Too much air across Indoor Coil ♦ • Reduce Blow er Speed S-200Overcharge of Ref rigerant • • • ♦ • • Recover Part of Charge S-113Dirty Outdoor Coil • • • ♦ • Inspect Coil - CleanNoncondensibles • • ♦ • Recover Charge, Evacuate, Recharge S-114Recirculation of Condensing Air • • • Remove Obstruction to Air FlowInf iltration of Outdoor Air • • • Check Window s, Doors, Vent Fans, Etc.Improperly Located Thermostat • • Relocate ThermostatAir Flow Unbalanced • • Readjust A ir Volume DampersSystem Undersized • • Ref igure Cooling LoadBroken Internal Parts • ♦ Replace Compressor S-115Broken Valves • • • • Test Compressor Ef f iciency S-104Inef f ic ient Compressor • ♦ • • Test Compressor Ef f iciency S-104Wrong Type Expansion Valve • • • • • • ♦ Replace Valve S-110Expansion Device Restricted • • • • • • • Remove Restriction or Replace Expansion Device S-110Oversized Expansion Valve • • Replace ValveUndersized Expansion Valve • • • • • Replace ValveExpansion Valve Bulb Loose • • Tighten Bulb Bracket S-105Inoperative Expansion Valve • • • Check Valve Operation S-110Loose Hold-dow n Bolts • Tighten BoltsFaulty Reversing Valve • ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Replace Valve or Solenoid S-21, 122Faulty Def rost Control • ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Test Control S-24Faulty Def rost Thermostat ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Test Def rost Thermostat S-25Flow rator Not Seating Properly • • • Check Flow rator & Seat or Replace Flow rator S-111

• Cooling or Heating Cycle (He at Pum p) ♦

COOLING/HP ANALYSIS CHART

No CoolingUns atis factory

Cooling/He ating

He ating Cycle Only (He at Pum p)

Page 38: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

38

Table of Contents

HIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.

S-1 CHECKING VOLTAGE ............................................ 36S-2 CHECKING WIRING ............................................... 36

S-3 CHECKING THERMOSTAT, WIRING,

AND ANTICIPATOR ................................................. 36

S-3A THERMOSTAT AND WIRING .................................. 36

S-3B COOLING ANTICIPATOR ........................................ 37

S-3C HEATING ANTICIPATOR ......................................... 37

S-4 CHECKING TRANSFORMER AND

CONTROL CIRCUIT ............................................... 37

S-5 CHECKING CYCLE PROTECTOR ........................ 37

S-6 CHECKING TIME DELAY RELAY............................ 38

S-7 CHECKING CONTACTOR AND/OR RELAYS ........ 38

S-8 CHECKING CONTACTOR CONTACTS ................. 38

S-9 CHECKING FAN RELAY CONTACTS ..................... 38

S-10 COPELAND COMFORT ALERT™ .......................... 39

S-11 CHECKING LOSS OF CHARGE PROTECTOR .... 41

S-15 CHECKING CAPACITOR........................................ 41

S-15A RESISTANCE CHECK ............................................ 41

S-15B CAPACITANCE CHECK .......................................... 42

S-16A CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER

MOTOR WINDINGS

(PSC MOTORS) ...................................................... 42

S-16B CHECKING FAN AND

BLOWER MOTOR (ECM MOTORS) ....................... 42

S-16C CHECKING ECM MOTOR WINDINGS ................... 43

S-16D ECM CFM ADJUSTMENTS ..................................... 43

S-16E CHECKING GE X13TM MOTORS .......................... 47

S-17 CHECKING COMPRESSOR .................................. 47

S-17A RESISTANCE TEST ................................................ 47

S-17B GROUND TEST ...................................................... 48

S-17D OPERATION TEST .................................................. 48

S-18 TESTING CRANKCASE HEATER

(OPTIONAL ITEM) ................................................... 49

S-21 CHECKING REVERSING VALVE AND SOLENOID . 49

S-24 TESTING DEFROST CONTROL ............................ 49

S-25 TESTING DEFROST THERMOSTAT ...................... 49

S-40 AR*F & MBR ELECTRONIC BLOWERS

TIME DELAY RELAY ................................................ 50

S-41 AEP* & MBE WITH SINGLE STAGE

CONDENSERS ...................................................... 51

S-41A A AEP* & MBE WITH SINGLE STAGE

HEAT PUMPS .......................................................... 52

S-60 ELECTRIC HEATER (OPTIONAL ITEM) ................ 53

S-61A CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S) ............ 54

S-61B CHECKING HEATER FUSE LINK (OPTIONAL

ELECTRIC HEATERS) ........................................... 54

S-62 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS ......................... 54

S-100 REFRIGERATION REPAIR PRACTICE .................. 55

S-101 LEAK TESTING (NITROGEN OR

NITROGEN-TRACED) ............................................ 55

S-102 EVACUATION .......................................................... 55

S-103 CHARGING ............................................................. 56

S-104 CHECKING COMPRESSOR EFFICIENCY ............ 57

S-105A PISTON KIT CHART FOR ASC13, GSC13, VSC13,

GSC14, ASH13, GSH13, VSH14, GSH14 UNITS .. 58

S-105B THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE ................... 58

S-106 OVERFEEDING ...................................................... 59

S-107 UNDERFEEDING ................................................... 59

S-108 SUPERHEAT .......................................................... 59

S-109 CHECKING SUBCOOLING .................................... 60

S-110 CHECKING EXPANSION VALVE OPERATION ....... 60

S-111 FIXED ORIFICE RESTRICTOR DEVICES ............. 61

S-112 CHECKING RESTRICTED LIQUID LINE .............. 61

S-113 OVERCHARGE OF REFRIGERANT ...................... 61

S-114 NON-CONDENSABLES ......................................... 61

S-115 COMPRESSOR BURNOUT ................................... 61

S-120 REFRIGERANT PIPING ......................................... 62

S-122 REVERSING VALVE REPLACEMENT .................... 64

S-202 DUCT STATIC PRESSURES AND/OR

STATIC PRESSURE DROP ACROSS COILS ........ 64

S-203 AIR HANDLER EXTERNAL STATIC ........................ 64

S-204 COIL STATIC PRESSURE DROP .......................... 65

Page 39: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

39

S-1 CHECKING VOLTAGE

1. Remove outer case, control panel cover, etc., from unitbeing tested.

With power ON:

WARNINGLine Voltage now present.

2. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage across terminalsL1 and L2 of the contactor for the condensing unit or at thefield connections for the air handler or heaters.

3. No reading - indicates open wiring, open fuse(s) no poweror etc., from unit to fused disconnect service. Repair asneeded.

4. With ample voltage at line voltage connectors, energizethe unit.

5. Measure the voltage with the unit starting and operating,and determine the unit Locked Rotor Voltage. NOTE: Ifchecking heaters, be sure all heating elements areenergized.Locked Rotor Voltage is the actual voltage available atthe compressor during starting, locked rotor, or a stalledcondition. Measured voltage should be above minimumlisted in chart below.To measure Locked Rotor Voltage attach a voltmeter tothe run "R" and common "C" terminals of the compressor,or to the T1 and T2 terminals of the contactor. Start the unitand allow the compressor to run for several seconds, thenshut down the unit. Immediately attempt to restart theunit while measuring the Locked Rotor Voltage.

6. Lock rotor voltage should read within the voltage tabula-tion as shown. If the voltage falls below the minimumvoltage, check the line wire size. Long runs of undersizedwire can cause low voltage. If wire size is adequate, notifythe local power company in regard to either low or highvoltage.

REMOTE CONDENSING UNITSBLOWER COILS

VOLTAGE MIN. MAX.

208/230 198 253

115 104 127

NOTE: When operating electric heaters on voltages otherthan 240 volts, refer to the System Operation section onelectric heaters to calculate temperature rise and air flow.Low voltage may cause insufficient heating.

S-2 CHECKING WIRING

1. Check wiring visually for signs of overheating, damagedinsulation and loose connections.

2. Use an ohmmeter to check continuity of any suspectedopen wires.

3. If any wires must be replaced, replace with comparablegauge and insulation thickness.

S-3 CHECKING THERMOSTAT, WIRING, ANDANTICIPATOR

THERMOSTAT WIRE SIZING CHART

LENGTH OF RUNMIN. COPPER WIRE

GAUGE (AWG)25 feet 1850 feet 1675 feet 14100 feet 14125 feet 12150 feet 12

S-3A THERMOSTAT AND WIRING

WARNINGLine Voltage now present.

With power ON, thermostat calling for cooling1. Use a voltmeter to check for 24 volts at thermostat wires

C and Y in the condensing unit control panel.2. No voltage indicates trouble in the thermostat, wiring or

external transformer source.3. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repair

or replace as necessary.Indoor Blower MotorWith power ON:

WARNINGLine Voltage now present.

1. Set fan selector switch at thermostat to "ON" position.2. With voltmeter, check for 24 volts at wires C and G.

Page 40: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

40

3. No voltage indicates the trouble is in the thermostat orwiring.

4. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repairor replace as necessary.

Resistance Heaters1. Set room thermostat setpoint to a higher temperature

than room temperature to assure both stages call forheat.

2. With voltmeter, check for 24 volts at each heater relay.Note: BBA/BBC heater relays are DC voltage.

3. No voltage indicates the trouble is in the thermostat orwiring.

4. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repairor replace as necessary.

NOTE: Consideration must be given to how the heaters arewired (O.D.T. and etc.). Also safety devices must be checkedfor continuity.

S-3B COOLING ANTICIPATORThe cooling anticipator is a small heater (resistor) in thethermostat. During the "off" cycle, it heats the bimetalelement helping the thermostat call for the next cooling cycle.This prevents the room temperature from rising too highbefore the system is restarted. A properly sized anticipatorshould maintain room temperature within 1 1/2 to 2 degreerange.The anticipator is supplied in the thermostat and is not to bereplaced. If the anticipator should fail for any reason, thethermostat must be changed.

S-3C HEATING ANTICIPATORThe heating anticipator is a wire wound adjustable heaterwhich is energized during the "ON" cycle to help preventoverheating of the conditioned space.The anticipator is a part of the thermostat and if it should failfor any reason, the thermostat must be replaced. See thefollowing tables for recommended heater anticipator settingin accordance to the number of electric heaters installed.problems that may be relayed to the output response of theB13682-74 VSTM control.

S-4 CHECKING TRANSFORMER AND CON-TROL CIRCUIT

A step-down transformer (208/240 volt primary to 24 volt sec-ondary) is provided with each indoor unit. This allows amplecapacity for use with resistance heaters. The outdoor sec-tions do not contain a transformer.

WARNINGDisconnect ALL power before servicing.

1. Remove control panel cover, or etc., to gain access totransformer.

With power ON:

WARNINGLine Voltage now present.

2. Using a voltmeter, check voltage across secondary volt-age side of transformer (R to C).

3. No voltage indicates faulty transformer, bad wiring, or badsplices.

4. Check transformer primary voltage at incoming line volt-age connections and/or splices.

5 If line voltage available at primary voltage side of trans-former and wiring and splices good, transformer is inop-erative. Replace.

S-5 CHECKING CYCLE PROTECTORSome models feature a solid state, delay-on make after breaktime delay relay installed in the low voltage circuit. Thiscontrol is used to prevent short cycling of the compressorunder certain operating conditions.The component is normally closed (R1 to Y1). A powerinterruption will break circuit (R1 to Y1) for approximately threeminutes before resetting.

1. Remove wire from Y1 terminal.2. Wait for approximately four (4) minutes if machine was

running.With power ON:

WARNINGLine Voltage now present.

1. Apply 24 VAC to terminals R1 and R2.2. Should read 24 VAC at terminals Y1 and Y2.

Page 41: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

41

contacts or opens the normally closed contacts. When thecoil is de-energized, springs return the contacts to theirnormal position.NOTE: Most single phase contactors break only one side ofthe line (L1), leaving 115 volts to ground present at mostinternal components.1. Remove the leads from the holding coil.2. Using an ohmmeter, test across the coil terminals.If the coil does not test continuous, replace the relay orcontactor.

S-8 CHECKING CONTACTOR CONTACTS

DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY.

WARNING

Disconnect Electrical Power Supply:1. Disconnect the wire leads from the terminal (T) side of the

contactor.2. With power ON, energize the contactor.

WARNINGLine Voltage now present.

3. Using a voltmeter, test across terminals.A. L2 - T1 - No voltage indicates CC1 contacts open.

If a no voltage reading is obtained - replace the contactor.

VOLT/OHMMETER

T1T2

L1L2

CC

Ohmmeter for testing holding coilVoltmeter for testing contacts

TESTING COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR

S-9 CHECKING FAN RELAY CONTACTS

3. Remove 24 VAC at terminals R1 and R2.4. Should read 0 VAC at Y1 and Y2.5. Reapply 24 VAC to R1 and R2 - within approximately

three (3) to four (4) minutes should read 24 VAC at Y1 andY2.

If not as above - replace relay.

S-6 CHECKING TIME DELAY RELAYTime delay relays are used in some of the blower cabinets toimprove efficiency by delaying the blower off time. Timedelays are also used in electric heaters to sequence inmultiple electric heaters.

WARNINGDisconnect ALL power before servicing.

1. Tag and disconnect all wires from male spade connec-tions of relay.

2. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance acrossterminals H1 and H2. Should read approximately 150ohms.

3. Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity across termi-nals 3 and 1, and 4 and 5.

4. Apply 24 volts to terminals H1 and H2. Check forcontinuity across other terminals - should test continu-ous. If not as above - replace.

NOTE: The time delay for the contacts to make will beapproximately 20 to 50 seconds and to open after the coil isde-energized is approximately 40 to 90 seconds.

OHMMETER

TESTING COIL CIRCUIT

S-7 CHECKING CONTACTOR AND/OR RELAYS

WARNINGHIGH VOLTAGE!Disconnect ALL power before servicing or installing.Multiple power sources may be present. Failure to doso may cause property damage, personal injuryor death.

The compressor contactor and other relay holding coils arewired into the low or line voltage circuits. When the controlcircuit is energized, the coil pulls in the normally open

Page 42: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

42

1. Disconnect wires leads from terminals 2 and 4 of FanRelay Cooling and 2 and 4, 5 and 6 of Fan Relay Heating.

2. Using an ohmmeter, test between 2 and 4 - should readopen. Test between 5 and 4 - should read continuous.

3. With power ON, energize the relays.

WARNINGLine Voltage now present.

12

34

5OHMMETER

TESTING FAN RELAY4. Using an ohmmeter, test between 2 and 4 - should read

continuous . Test between 5 and 4 - should read open.5. If not as above, replace the relay.

S-10 COPELAND COMFORT ALERT™

DIAGNOSTICSApplies to ASC13 & ASH13

Comfort Alert™ is self-contained with no required externalsensors and is designed to install directly into the electricalbox of any residential condensing unit that has a CopelandScroll™ compressor inside.Once attached, Comfort Alert™ provides around-the-clockmonitoring for common electrical problems, compressordefects and broad system faults. If a glitch is detected, anLED indicator flashes the proper alert codes to help youquickly pinpoint the problem. See Diagnostic Table onfollowing page.)

Page 43: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

43

Status LED Status LED Description Status LED Troubleshooting InformationGreen “POWER” Module has power Supply voltage is present at module terminalsRed “TRIP” Thermostat demand signal 1. Compressor protector is open

Y1 is present, but the 2. Outdoor unit power disconnect is opencompressor is not 3. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is openrunning 4. Broken wire or connector is not making contact

5. Low pressure switch open if present in system6. Compressor contactor has failed open

Yellow “ALERT” Long Run Time 1. Low refrigerant chargeFlash Code 1 Compressor is 2. Evaporator blower is not running

running extremely 3. Evaporator coil is frozenlong run cycles 4. Faulty metering device

5. Condenser coil is dirty6. Liquid line restriction (filter drier blocked if present in system)7. Thermostat is malfunctioning

Yellow “ALERT” System Pressure Trip 1. High head pressureFlash Code 2 Discharge or suction 2. Condenser coil poor air circulation (dirty, blocked, damaged)

pressure out of limits or 3. Condenser fan is not runningcompressor overloaded 4. Return air duct has substantial leakage

5. If low pressure switch present in system, check Flash Code 1 information

Yellow “ALERT” Short Cycling 1. Thermostat demand signal is intermittentFlash Code 3 Compressor is running 2. Time delay relay or control board defective

only briefly 3. If high pressure switch present go to Flash Code 2 information4. If low pressure switch present go to Flash Code 1 information

Yellow “ALERT” Locked Rotor 1. Run capacitor has failedFlash Code 4 2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)

3. Excessive liquid refrigerant in compressor4. Compressor bearings are seized

Yellow “ALERT” Open Circuit 1. Outdoor unit power disconnect is openFlash Code 5 2. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is open

3. Compressor contactor has failed open4. High pressure switch is open and requires manual reset5. Open circuit in compressor supply wiring or connections6. Unusually long compressor protector reset time due to extreme ambient temperature7. Compressor windings are damaged

Yellow “ALERT” Open Start Circuit 1. Run capacitor has failedFlash Code 6 Current only in run circuit 2. Open circuit in compressor start wiring or connections

3. Compressor start winding is damagedYellow “ALERT” Open Run Circuit 1. Open circuit in compressor run wiring or connections

Flash Code 7 Current only in start circuit 2. Compressor run winding is damagedYellow “ALERT” Welded Contactor 1. Compressor contactor has failed closed

Flash Code 8 Compressor always runs 2. Thermostat demand signal not connected to moduleYellow “ALERT” Low Voltage 1. Control circuit transformer is overloaded

Flash Code 9 Control circuit < 17VAC 2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)

• Flash Code number corresponds to a number of LED flashes, followed by a pause and then repeated• TRIP and ALERT LEDs flashing at same time means control circuit voltage is too low for operation.• Reset ALERT Flash code by removing 24VAC power from module• Last ALERT Flash code is displayed for 1 minute after module is powered on.

DIAGNOSTICS TABLE

Page 44: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

44

reduce light dimming within the home. Only hard start kitsapproved by Amana® brand or Copeland should be used."Kick Start" and/or "Super Boost" kits are not approved startassist devices.The discharge check valve closes off high side pressure to thecompressor after shut down allowing equalization through thescroll flanks. Equalization requires only about ½ second.To prevent the compressor from short cycling, a Time DelayRelay (Cycle Protector) has been added to the low voltagecircuit.RELAY, STARTA potential or voltage type relay is used to take the startcapacitor out of the circuit once the motor comes up to speed.This type of relay is position sensitive. The normally closedcontacts are wired in series with the start capacitor and therelay holding coil is wired parallel with the start winding. Asthe motor starts and comes up to speed, the increase involtage across the start winding will energize the start relayholding coil and open the contacts to the start capacitor.Two quick ways to test a capacitor are a resistance and acapacitance check.

STARTRELAY

CO

MH

ERM

FAN

RUNCAPACITOR

CONTACTOR

T2 T1

L1L2

STARTCAPACITOR

RED 10VIOLET 20

YELLOW 12

ORANGE 5

HARD START KIT WIRING

S-15A RESISTANCE CHECK

S-11 CHECKING LOSS OF CHARGE PROTECTOR(Heat Pump Models)The loss of charge protector senses the pressure in the liquidline and will open its contacts on a drop in pressure. The lowpressure control will automatically reset itself with a rise inpressure.The low pressure control is designed to cut-out (open) atapproximately 7 PSIG. It will automatically cut-in (close) atapproximately 25 PSIG.Test for continuity using a VOM and if not as above, replacethe control.

S-15 CHECKING CAPACITORCAPACITOR, RUNA run capacitor is wired across the auxiliary and mainwindings of a single phase permanent split capacitor motor.The capacitors primary function is to reduce the line currentwhile greatly improving the torque characteristics of a motor.This is accomplished by using the 90° phase relationshipbetween the capacitor current and voltage in conjunction withthe motor windings, so that the motor will give two phaseoperation when connected to a single phase circuit. Thecapacitor also reduces the line current to the motor byimproving the power factor.The line side of this capacitor is marked with "COM" and iswired to the line side of the circuit.CAPACITOR, STARTSCROLL COMPRESSOR MODELSIn most cases hard start components are not required onScroll compressor equipped units due to a non-replaceablecheck valve located in the discharge line of the compressor.However, in installations that encounter low lock rotor volt-age, a hard start kit can improve starting characteristics and

Page 45: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

45

1. Discharge capacitor and remove wire leads.

WARNINGDischarge capacitor through a 20 to 30 OHMresistor before handling.

OHMMETER

CAPACITOR

TESTING CAPACITOR RESISTANCE2. Set an ohmmeter on its highest ohm scale and connect

the leads to the capacitor -A. Good Condition - indicator swings to zero and slowlyreturns to infinity. (Start capacitor with bleed resistor willnot return to infinity. It will still read the resistance of theresistor).B. Shorted - indicator swings to zero and stops there -replace.C. Open - no reading - replace. (Start capacitor wouldread resistor resistance.)

S-15B CAPACITANCE CHECKUsing a hookup as shown below, take the amperage andvoltage readings and use them in the formula:

VOLTMETER

CAPACITOR

AMMETER

15 AMPFUSE

TESTING CAPACITANCE

WARNINGDischarge capacitor through a 20 to 30 OHMresistor before handling.

Capacitance (MFD) = 2650 X Amperage

Voltage

S-16A CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTORWINDINGS (PSC MOTORS)

The auto reset fan motor overload is designed to protect themotor against high temperature and high amperage condi-tions by breaking the common circuit within the motor,similar to the compressor internal overload. However, heatgenerated within the motor is faster to dissipate than thecompressor, allow at least 45 minutes for the overload toreset, then retest.

1. Remove the motor leads from its respective connectionpoints and capacitor (if applicable).

2. Check the continuity between each of the motor leads.3. Touch one probe of the ohmmeter to the motor frame

(ground) and the other probe in turn to each lead.If the windings do not test continuous or a reading is obtainedfrom lead to ground, replace the motor.

S-16B CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTOR(ECM MOTORS)

An ECM is an Electronically Commutated Motor which offersmany significant advantages over PSC motors. The ECMhas near zero rotor loss, synchronous machine operation,variable speed, low noise, and programmable air flow. Be-cause of the sophisticated electronics within the ECMmotor, some technicians are intimated by the ECM motor;however, these fears are unfounded. GE offers two ECMmotor testers, and with a VOM meter, one can easily performbasic troubleshooting on ECM motors. An ECM motorrequires power (line voltage) and a signal (24 volts) tooperate. The ECM motor stator contains permanent magnet.As a result, the shaft feels "rough" when turned by hand. Thisis a characteristic of the motor, not an indication of defectivebearings.

WARNINGLine Voltage now present.

Page 46: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

46

1. Disconnect the 5-pin connector from the motor.2. Using a volt meter, check for line voltage at terminals #4

& #5 at the power connector. If no voltage is present:3. Check the unit for incoming power See section S-1.4. Check the control board, See section S-40.5. If line voltage is present, reinsert the 5-pin connector and

remove the 16-pin connector.6. Check for signal (24 volts) at the transformer.7. Check for signal (24 volts) from the thermostat to the "G"

terminal at the 16-pin connector.8. Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity from the #1 &

#3 (common pins) to the transformer neutral or "C"thermostat terminal. If you do not have continuity, themotor may function erratically. Trace the common cir-cuits, locate and repair the open neutral.

9. Set the thermostat to "Fan-On". Using a voltmeter,check for 24 volts between pin # 15 (G) and common.

10. Disconnect power to compressor. Set thermostat to callfor cooling. Using a voltmeter, check for 24 volts at pin #6 and/or #14.

11. Set the thermostat to a call for heating. Using a voltmeter,check for 24 volts at pin #2 and/or #11.

1

2

3

4

5

Lines 1 and 2 will be connected for 12OVAC Power Connector applications only

Gnd

AC Line Connection

AC Line Connection

}

11

1 9

2

3

4

5

6

7

8 16

15

14

13

12

10

OUT - OUT +

ADJUST +/- G (FAN)

Y1 Y/Y2

COOL EM Ht/W2

DELAY 24 Vac (R)

COMMON2 HEAT

W/W1 BK/PWM (SPEED)

COMMON1 O (REV VALVE)

16-PIN ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR

If you do not read voltage and continuity as described, theproblem is in the control or interface board, but not themotor. If you register voltage as described , the ECM powerhead is defective and must be replaced.

S-16C CHECKING ECM MOTOR WINDINGS

1. Disconnect the 5-pin and the 16-pin connectors from theECM power head.

2. Remove the 2 screws securing the ECM power head andseparate it from the motor.

3. Disconnect the 3-pin motor connector from the powerhead and lay it aside.

4. Using an ohmmeter, check the motor windings forcontinuity to ground (pins to motor shell). If the ohmme-ter indicates continuity to ground, the motor is defectiveand must be replaced.

5. Using an ohmmeter, check the windings for continuity(pin to pin). If no continuity is indicated, the thermal limit(over load) device may be open. Allow motor to cool andretest.

Page 47: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

47

- Con

nect

ors

are

orie

nted

"dow

n" (o

r as

reco

mm

ende

d by

equ

ipm

ent m

anuf

actu

rer).

- Arra

nge

harn

esse

s w

ith "d

rip lo

op" u

nder

mot

or.

- Is

cond

ensa

te d

rain

plu

gged

?- C

heck

for l

ow a

irflo

w (t

oo m

uch

late

nt c

apac

ity).

- Che

ck fo

r und

erch

arge

d co

nditi

on.

- Che

ck a

nd p

lug

leak

s in

retu

rn d

ucts

, cab

inet

.

*Moi

stur

e C

heck

Impo

rtan

t Not

e:U

sing

the

wro

ng m

otor

/con

trol m

odul

e vo

ids

all p

rodu

ct w

arra

ntie

s an

d m

ay p

rodu

ce u

nexp

ecte

d re

sults

.

Not

e: Y

ou m

ust u

se th

e co

rrect

repl

acem

ent c

ontro

l/mot

or m

odul

e si

nce

they

are

fact

ory

prog

ram

med

for s

peci

fic o

pera

ting

mod

es. E

ven

thou

gh th

ey lo

ok a

like,

diff

eren

t mod

ules

may

hav

e co

mpl

etel

y di

ffere

nt

func

tiona

lity.

The

EC

M v

aria

ble

spee

d m

otor

s ar

e c

CH

AR

T C

ON

TIN

UED

ON

NEX

T PA

GE

Sym

ptom

Faul

t Des

crip

tion(

s)Po

ssib

le C

ause

sC

orre

ctiv

e Ac

tion

Cau

tions

and

Not

es

- M

otor

rock

s

slig

htly

whe

n st

artin

g.

- Th

is is

nor

mal

sta

rt-up

for

v

aria

ble

spee

d m

otor

.---

----

----

-

- N

o m

ovem

ent.

- M

anua

l dis

conn

ect s

witc

h of

f or

do

or s

witc

h op

en.

- Bl

own

fuse

or c

ircui

t bre

aker

. -

24 V

ac w

ires

mis

wire

d. -

Uns

eate

d pi

ns in

wiri

ng

ha

rnes

s co

nnec

tors

. -

Bad

mot

or/c

ontro

l mod

ule.

- M

oist

ure

pres

ent i

n m

otor

or c

ontro

l mod

ule.

- C

heck

230

Vac

pow

er a

t mot

or.

- C

heck

low

vol

tage

(24

Vac

R to

C) a

t mot

or.

- C

heck

low

vol

tage

con

nect

ions

(G

, Y, W

, R, C

) at m

otor

. -

Che

ck fo

r uns

eate

d pi

ns in

con

nect

ors

on

mot

or h

arne

ss.

- Te

st w

ith a

tem

pora

ry ju

mpe

r bet

wee

n R

- G

. -

- Tu

rn p

ower

OFF

prio

r to

repa

ir.

W

ait 5

min

utes

afte

r

dis

conn

ectin

g po

wer

bef

ore

o

peni

ng m

otor

. -

Han

dle

elec

troni

c m

otor

/con

trol w

ith c

are.

- M

otor

rock

s,

but w

on't

star

t.

- Lo

ose

mot

or m

ount

. -

Blow

er w

heel

not

tigh

t on

mot

or s

haft.

- Ba

d m

otor

/con

trol m

odul

e.

- C

heck

for l

oose

mot

or m

ount

. -

Mak

e su

re b

low

er w

heel

is ti

ght o

n sh

aft.

- Pe

rform

mot

or/c

ontro

l rep

lace

men

t che

ck,

EC

M m

otor

s on

ly.

- Tu

rn p

ower

OFF

prio

r to

repa

ir.

W

ait 5

min

utes

afte

r

dis

conn

ectin

g po

wer

bef

ore

o

peni

ng m

otor

. -

Han

dle

elec

troni

c m

otor

/con

trol w

ith c

are.

- M

otor

osci

llate

s up

&

do

wn

whi

le

bein

g te

sted

off o

f blo

wer

.

- It

is n

orm

al fo

r mot

or to

os

cilla

te w

ith

no lo

ad o

n sh

aft.

----

----

----

- V

arie

s up

and

dow

n

or in

term

itten

t.

- Va

riatio

n in

230

Vac

to m

otor

. -

Uns

eate

d pi

ns in

wiri

ng h

arne

ss

co

nnec

tors

. -

Erra

tic C

FM c

omm

and

from

"B

K" t

erm

inal

. -

Impr

oper

ther

mos

tat c

onne

ctio

n or

set

ting.

- M

oist

ure

pres

ent i

n m

otor

/con

trol m

odul

e.

- C

heck

line

vol

tage

for v

aria

tion

or "s

ag".

- C

heck

low

vol

tage

con

nect

ions

(G

, Y, W

, R, C

) at

m

otor

, uns

eate

d pi

ns in

mot

or

harn

ess

conn

ecto

rs.

- C

heck

-out

sys

tem

con

trols

- Th

erm

osta

t. -

Per

form

Moi

stur

e C

heck

.*

- Tu

rn p

ower

OFF

prio

r to

repa

ir.

- "H

unts

" or "

puffs

" at

hi

gh C

FM (s

peed

).

- In

corre

ct o

r dirt

y fil

ter(s

). -

Inco

rrec

t sup

ply

or re

turn

duc

twor

k. -

Inco

rrect

blo

wer

spe

ed s

ettin

g.

- D

oes

rem

ovin

g pa

nel o

r filt

er

redu

ce "p

uffin

g"?

- C

heck

/repl

ace

filte

r. -

Che

ck/c

orre

ct d

uct r

estri

ctio

ns.

- Ad

just

to c

orre

ct b

low

er s

peed

set

ting.

- Tu

rn p

ower

OFF

prio

r to

repa

ir.

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

Cha

rt fo

r EC

M V

aria

ble

Spee

d Ai

r Circ

ulat

or B

low

er M

otor

s

- M

otor

won

't

star

t.

- M

otor

sta

rts,

bu

t run

s

erra

tical

ly.

Page 48: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

48

CH

AR

T C

ON

TIN

UED

FR

OM

PR

EVIO

US

PAG

E

- Con

nect

ors

are

orie

nted

"dow

n" (o

r as

reco

mm

ende

d by

equ

ipm

ent m

anuf

actu

rer).

- Arra

nge

harn

esse

s w

ith "d

rip lo

op" u

nder

mot

or.

- Is

cond

ensa

te d

rain

plu

gged

?- C

heck

for l

ow a

irflo

w (t

oo m

uch

late

nt c

apac

ity).

- Che

ck fo

r und

erch

arge

d co

nditi

on.

- Che

ck a

nd p

lug

leak

s in

retu

rn d

ucts

, cab

inet

.

*Moi

stur

e C

heck

Impo

rtan

t Not

e: U

sing

the

wro

ng m

otor

/con

trol m

odul

e vo

ids

all p

rodu

ct w

arra

ntie

s an

d m

ay p

rodu

ce u

nexp

ecte

d re

sults

.

Not

e: Y

ou m

ust u

se th

e co

rrect

repl

acem

ent c

ontro

l/mot

or m

odul

e si

nce

they

are

fact

ory

prog

ram

med

for s

peci

fic o

pera

ting

mod

es. E

ven

thou

gh th

ey lo

ok a

like,

diff

eren

t mod

ules

may

hav

e co

mpl

etel

y di

ffere

nt

func

tiona

lity.

The

EC

M v

aria

ble

spee

d m

otor

s ar

e c

Sym

ptom

Faul

t Des

crip

tion(

s)Po

ssib

le C

ause

sC

orre

ctiv

e Ac

tion

Cau

tions

and

Not

es

- S

tays

at l

ow C

FM d

espi

te

syst

em c

all f

or c

ool

or

hea

t CFM

.

- 24

Vac

wire

s m

isw

ired

or lo

ose.

- "R

" mis

sing

/not

con

nect

ed a

t mot

or.

- Fa

n in

del

ay m

ode.

- C

heck

low

vol

tage

(The

rmos

tat)

w

ires

and

conn

ectio

ns.

- V

erify

fan

is n

ot in

del

ay m

ode

-

wai

t unt

il de

lay

com

plet

e. -

Per

form

mot

or/c

ontro

l rep

lace

men

t

chec

k, E

CM

mot

ors

only

.

- Tu

rn p

ower

OFF

prio

r to

repa

ir.

W

ait 5

min

utes

afte

r

dis

conn

ectin

g po

wer

bef

ore

o

peni

ng m

otor

. -

Han

dle

elec

troni

c m

otor

/con

trol

w

ith c

are.

- S

tays

at h

igh

CFM

. -

"R" m

issi

ng/n

ot c

onne

cted

at m

otor

. -

Fan

in d

elay

mod

e.

- Is

fan

in d

elay

mod

e? -

wai

t unt

il de

lay

time

com

plet

e. -

Per

form

mot

or/c

ontro

l rep

lace

men

t che

ck, E

CM

m

otor

s on

ly.

- Tu

rn p

ower

OFF

prio

r to

repa

ir.

W

ait 5

min

utes

afte

r

dis

conn

ectin

g po

wer

bef

ore

o

peni

ng m

otor

. -

Han

dle

elec

troni

c m

otor

/con

trol

w

ith c

are.

- B

low

er w

on't

shut

off.

- C

urre

nt le

akag

e fro

m c

ontro

ls

into

G, Y

, or W

. -

Che

ck fo

r Tria

c sw

itche

d t's

tat

or

sol

id s

tate

rela

y. -

Turn

pow

er O

FF p

rior t

o re

pair.

- A

ir no

ise.

- H

igh

stat

ic c

reat

ing

high

blo

wer

spe

ed.

- In

corre

ct s

uppl

y or

retu

rn d

uctw

ork.

- In

corre

ct o

r dirt

y fil

ter(

s).

- In

corre

ct b

low

er s

peed

set

ting.

- C

heck

/repl

ace

filte

r. -

Che

ck/c

orre

ct d

uct r

estri

ctio

ns.

- A

djus

t to

corr

ect b

low

er s

peed

set

ting.

- Tu

rn p

ower

OFF

prio

r to

repa

ir.

- N

oisy

blo

wer

or c

abin

et.

- Lo

ose

blow

er h

ousi

ng, p

anel

s, e

tc.

- H

igh

stat

ic c

reat

ing

high

blo

wer

sp

eed.

- A

ir le

aks

in d

uctw

ork,

cab

inet

s,

or p

anel

s.

- C

heck

for l

oose

blo

wer

hou

sing

,

pane

ls, e

tc.

- C

heck

for a

ir w

hist

ling

thru

sea

ms

in

duct

s, c

abin

ets

or p

anel

s. -

Che

ck fo

r cab

inet

/duc

t def

orm

atio

n.

- Tu

rn p

ower

OFF

prio

r to

repa

ir.

- "H

unts

" or "

puffs

" at

hi

gh C

FM (s

peed

).

- H

igh

stat

ic c

reat

ing

high

blo

wer

spe

ed.

- In

corre

ct o

r dirt

y fil

ter(

s).

- In

corre

ct s

uppl

y or

retu

rn d

uctw

ork.

- In

corre

ct b

low

er s

peed

set

ting.

- D

oes

rem

ovin

g pa

nel o

r filt

er

redu

ce "p

uffin

g"?

- C

heck

/repl

ace

filte

r. -

Che

ck/c

orre

ct d

uct r

estri

ctio

ns.

- A

djus

t to

corr

ect b

low

er s

peed

set

ting.

- Tu

rn p

ower

OFF

prio

r to

repa

ir.

- E

vide

nce

of

Moi

stur

e.

- M

otor

failu

re o

r

mal

func

tion

has

oc

curre

d an

d m

oist

ure

is

pre

sent

.

- M

oist

ure

in m

otor

/con

trol m

odul

e. -

Rep

lace

mot

or a

nd p

erfo

rm

Moi

stur

e C

heck

.*

- Tu

rn p

ower

OFF

prio

r to

repa

ir.

W

ait 5

min

utes

afte

r

dis

conn

ectin

g po

wer

bef

ore

o

peni

ng m

otor

. -

Han

dle

elec

troni

c m

otor

/con

trol

w

ith c

are.

- E

xces

sive

no

ise.

Trou

bles

hoot

ing

Cha

rt fo

r EC

M V

aria

ble

Spee

d Ai

r Circ

ulat

or B

low

er M

otor

s

- M

otor

sta

rts,

bu

t run

s

erra

tical

ly.

Page 49: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

49

16-pin connector

5-pin connector

3-pin motorconnector

S-16D ECM CFM ADJUSTMENTS

MBE MOTORThis section references the operation characteristics of theMBE model motor only. The ECM control board is factory setwith the dipswitch #4 in the “ON” position and all otherdipswitches are factory set in the “OFF” position. When MBEis used with 2-stage cooling units, dipswitch #4 should be inthe "OFF" position.For most applications, the settings are to be changedaccording to the electric heat size and the outdoor unitselection.The MBE product uses a General Electric ECMTM motor.This motor provides many features not available on thetraditional PSC motor. These features include:

• Improved Efficiency• Constant CFM• Soft Start and Stop• Improved Humidity Control

MOTOR SPEED ADJUSTMENTEach ECM™ blower motor has been preprogrammed foroperation at 4 distinct airflow levels when operating inCooling/Heat Pump mode or Electric Heat mode. These 4distinct levels may also be adjusted slightly lower or higherif desired. The adjustment between levels and the trimadjustments are made by changing the dipswitch(s) either toan "OFF" or "ON" position.

DIPSWITCH FUNCTIONSThe MBE air handler motor has an electronic control thatcontains an eight (8) position dip switch. The function ofthese dipswitches are shown in Table 1.

Dipswitch Number Function123 N/A4 Indoor Thermostat5678

Cooling & Heat Pump CFM

CFM Trim Adjust

Electric Heat

Table 1

CFM DELIVERYTables 2, 2A and 3, 3A show the CFM output for dipswitchcombinations 1-2, 5-6 and 7-8.

Model Switch 1 Switch 2 CFM

OFF OFF 1,200ON OFF 1,000OFF ON 800ON ON 600OFF OFF 1,600ON OFF 1,400OFF ON 1,200ON ON 1,000OFF OFF 2,000ON OFF 1,800OFF ON 1,600ON ON 1,200

MBE1200

MBE1600

MBE2000

Electric Heat Operation

Table 2

Model Switch 5 Switch 6 CFM

OFF OFF 1,200ON OFF 1,000OFF ON 800ON ON 600OFF OFF 1,600ON OFF 1,400OFF ON 1,200ON ON 1,000OFF OFF 1,600ON OFF 1,400OFF ON 1,200ON ON 1,000

Cooling/Heat Pump Operation

MBE2000

MBE1200

MBE1600

Table 2A

Page 50: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

50

Dipswitch 1/2 & 7/8AEPF 1830

HeatingElement

(kw) 1 2 7 8

UP TO 10 OFF OFF OFF OFF 1100 1210

UP TO 10 ON OFF OFF OFF 890 935

5 OFF ON OFF OFF 700 770

AEPF3036 / 3137 / 4260

HeatingElement

(kw) 1 2 7 8

UP TO 20 OFF OFF OFF OFF 2050 2150

UP TO 20 ON OFF OFF OFF 1750 1835

UP TO 15 OFF ON OFF OFF 1600 1680

UP TO 10 ON ON OFF OFF 1200 1260

UP TO 10 ON ON OFF ON 1020 1070

Heat Pump

With

Backup

Switch

Position

Switch

Position

Switch

Position

Switch

Position

Emergency

Backup

Heat Pump

With

Backup

Emergency

Backup

Table 3Dipswitch 5/6 & 7/8

AEPF 1830

5 6 7 8 Cooling Heat Pump

OFF OFF O FF OFF 1100 1100

ON OFF O FF OFF 800 800

OFF O N O FF OFF 600 600

5 6 7 8 Cooling Heat Pump

OFF OFF O FF OFF 1800 1800

ON OFF O FF OFF 1580 1580

OFF ON OFF OFF 1480 1480

ON ON OFF OFF 1200 1200

ON ON OFF O N 1020 1020

Switch

Position

Switch

PositionIndoor Airflow

Switch

Position

Switch

PositionIndoor Airflow

AEPF3036 / 3137 / 4260

Table 3A

THERMOSTAT “FAN ONLY” MODEDuring Fan Only Operations, the CFM output is 30% of thecooling setting.

CFM TRIM ADJUSTMinor adjustments can be made through the dip switchcombination of 7-8. Table 4 shows the switch position forthis feature.NOTE: The airflow will not make the decreasing adjustmentin Electric Heat mode.

C FM S w itc h 7 S w itc h 8+ 1 0 % O N O F F-1 5 % O F F O N

Table 4

HUMIDITY CONTROLWhen using a Humidstat (normally closed), cut jumper PJ6on the control board. The Humidstat will only affect coolingairflow by adjusting the Airflow to 85%.

TWO STAGE HEATINGWhen using staged electric heat, cut jumper PJ4 on thecontrol board.

S-16E CHECKING GE X13TM MOTORSThe GE X13TM Motor is a one piece, fully encapsulated, 3phase brushless DC (single phase AC input) motor with ballbearing construction. Unlike the ECM 2.3/2.5 motors, the GEX13TM features an integral control module.

Note: The GE TECMate will not currently operate the GEX13TM motor.1. Using a voltmeter, check for 230 volts to the motor

connections L and N. If 230 volts is present, proceed tostep 2. If 230 volts is not present, check the line voltagecircuit to the motor.

2. Using a voltmeter, check for 24 volts from terminal C toeither terminal 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, depending on which tap isbeing used, at the motor. If voltage present, proceed tostep 3. If no voltage, check 24 volt circuit to motor.

3. If voltage was present in steps 1 and 2, the motor hasfailed and will need to be replaced.

Note: When replacing motor, ensure the belly band isbetween the vents on the motor and the wiring has theproper drip loop to prevent condensate from entering themotor.

C L G N

1 2 3 4 5

High VoltageConnections

3/16"

Low Voltage Connections1/4”

GE X13TM MOTOR CONNECTIONS

Page 51: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

51

S-17 CHECKING COMPRESSOR

WARNINGHermetic compressor electrical terminal venting canbe dangerous. When insulating material whichsupports a hermetic compressor or electrical terminalsuddenly disintegrates due to physical abuse or as aresult of an electrical short between the terminal andthe compressor housing, the terminal may beexpelled, venting the vapor and liquid contents of thecompressor housing and system.

If the compressor terminal PROTECTIVE COVER and gasket(if required) are not properly in place and secured, there is aremote possibility if a terminal vents, that the vaporous andliquid discharge can be ignited, spouting flames several feet,causing potentially severe or fatal injury to anyone in its path.This discharge can be ignited external to the compressor ifthe terminal cover is not properly in place and if the dischargeimpinges on a sufficient heat source.Ignition of the discharge can also occur at the venting terminalor inside the compressor, if there is sufficient contaminant airpresent in the system and an electrical arc occurs as theterminal vents.Ignition cannot occur at the venting terminal without thepresence of contaminant air, and cannot occur externallyfrom the venting terminal without the presence of an externalignition source.Therefore, proper evacuation of a hermetic system is essen-tial at the time of manufacture and during servicing.To reduce the possibility of external ignition, all open flame,electrical power, and other heat sources should be extin-guished or turned off prior to servicing a system.If the following test indicates shorted, grounded or openwindings, see procedures S-19 for the next steps to be taken.

S-17A RESISTANCE TESTEach compressor is equipped with an internal overload.The line break internal overload senses both motor amperageand winding temperature. High motor temperature or amper-age heats the disc causing it to open, breaking the commoncircuit within the compressor on single phase units.Heat generated within the compressor shell, usually due torecycling of the motor, high amperage or insufficient gas tocool the motor, is slow to dissipate. Allow at least three tofour hours for it to cool and reset, then retest.Fuse, circuit breaker, ground fault protective device, etc. hasnot tripped -

1. Remove the leads from the compressor terminals.

See warnings S-17 before removing compressorterminal cover.

2. Using an ohmmeter, test continuity between terminals S-R, C-R, and C-S, on single phase units or terminals T2,T2 and T3, on 3 phase units.

S R

C

COMPOHMMETER

TESTING COMPRESSOR WINDINGSIf either winding does not test continuous, replace thecompressor.NOTE: If an open compressor is indicated, allow ample timefor the internal overload to reset before replacing compressor.

S-17B GROUND TESTIf fuse, circuit breaker, ground fault protective device, etc.,has tripped, this is a strong indication that an electricalproblem exists and must be found and corrected. The circuitprotective device rating must be checked, and its maximumrating should coincide with that marked on the equipmentnameplate.With the terminal protective cover in place, it is acceptable toreplace the fuse or reset the circuit breaker ONE TIME ONLYto see if it was just a nuisance opening. If it opens again, DONOT continue to reset.Disconnect all power to unit, making sure that all powerlegs are open.1. DO NOT remove protective terminal cover. Disconnect

the three leads going to the compressor terminals at thenearest point to the compressor.

2. Identify the leads and using a Megger, Hi-PotentialGround Tester, or other suitable instrument which putsout a voltage between 300 and 1500 volts, check for aground separately between each of the three leads andground (such as an unpainted tube on the compressor).Do not use a low voltage output instrument such as a volt-ohmmeter.

Page 52: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

52

HI-POT

COMPRESSOR GROUND TEST3. If a ground is indicated, then carefully remove the com-

pressor terminal protective cover and inspect for looseleads or insulation breaks in the lead wires.

4. If no visual problems indicated, carefully remove the leadsat the compressor terminals.

WARNINGDamage can occur to the glass embedded terminals ifthe leads are not properly removed. This can result interminal and hot oil discharging.

Carefully retest for ground, directly between compressorterminals and ground.5. If ground is indicated, replace the compressor.

S-17D OPERATION TESTIf the voltage, capacitor, overload and motor winding test failto show the cause for failure:

1. Remove unit wiring from disconnect switch and wire a testcord to the disconnect switch.

NOTE: The wire size of the test cord must equal the line wiresize and the fuse must be of the proper size and type.2. With the protective terminal cover in place, use the three

leads to the compressor terminals that were discon-nected at the nearest point to the compressor andconnect the common, start and run clips to the respectiveleads.

3. Connect good capacitors of the right MFD and voltagerating into the circuit as shown.

4. With power ON, close the switch.

WARNINGLine Voltage now present.

A. If the compressor starts and continues to run, the causefor failure is somewhere else in the system.

B. If the compressor fails to start - replace.

COPELAND COMPRESSOR03 A 12345 L

YEAR MONTH SERIALNUMBER

PLANT

S-18 TESTING CRANKCASE HEATER (OP-TIONAL ITEM)

The crankcase heater must be energized a minimum of four(4) hours before the condensing unit is operated.Crankcase heaters are used to prevent migration or accumu-lation of refrigerant in the compressor crankcase during theoff cycles and prevents liquid slugging or oil pumping on startup.A crankcase heater will not prevent compressor damage dueto a floodback or over charge condition.

WARNINGDisconnect ALL power before servicing.

1. Disconnect the heater lead in wires.2. Using an ohmmeter, check heater continuity - should test

continuous. If not, replace.NOTE: The positive temperature coefficient crankcase heateris a 40 watt 265 voltage heater. The cool resistance of theheater will be approximately 1800 ohms. The resistance willbecome greater as the temperature of the compressor shellincreases.

S-21 CHECKING REVERSING VALVE AND SO-LENOID

Occasionally the reversing valve may stick in the heating orcooling position or in the mid-position.When stuck in the mid-position, part of the discharge gasfrom the compressor is directed back to the suction side,resulting in excessively high suction pressure. An increasein the suction line temperature through the reversing valve canalso be measured. Check operation of the valve by startingthe system and switching the operation from COOLING toHEATING cycle.If the valve fails to change its position, test the voltage (24V)at the valve coil terminals, while the system is on theCOOLING cycle.

Page 53: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

53

If no voltage is registered at the coil terminals, check theoperation of the thermostat an the continuity of the connect-ing wiring from the "O" terminal of the thermostat to the unit.If voltage is registered at the coil, tap the valve body lightlywhile switching the system from HEATING to COOLING, etc.If this fails to cause the valve to switch positions, remove thecoil connector cap and test the continuity of the reversingvalve solenoid coil. If the coil does not test continuous -replace it.If the coil test continuous and 24 volts is present at the coilterminals, the valve is inoperative - replace it.

S-24 TESTING DEFROST CONTROLTo check the defrost control for proper sequencing, proceedas follows: With power ON; unit not running. Make sure unitrunning heating mode, O is deenergized and Low pressureSwitch is closed.

1. Jumper defrost thermostat by placing a jumper wireacross the terminals "DFT" and "R"/"R-DFT" at defrostcontrol board.

2. Connect jumper across test pins on defrost control board.3. Set thermostat to call for heating. System should go into

defrost within 21 seconds.4. Immediately remove jumper from test pins.5. Using VOM check for voltage across terminals "C & O".

Meter should read 24 volts.6. Using VOM check for continuity voltage across fan

terminals DF1 and DF2 on the board. You should read 0Ohms indicating the relay is open in the defrost mode.NOTE: You will need to remove fan wires if ou arechecking for continuity between DF1 and DF2 if not youwill short your meter.

7. Using VOM check for voltage across "W & C" terminalson the board. You should read 24 volts.

8. If not as above, replace control board.9. Set thermostat to off position and disconnect power

before removing any jumpers or wires.NOTE: Remove jumper across defrost thermostat beforereturning system to service.

S-25 TESTING DEFROST THERMOSTAT1. Install a thermocouple type temperature test lead on the

tube adjacent to the defrost control. Insulate the leadpoint of contact.

2. Check the temperature at which the control closes itscontacts by lowering the temperature of the control. Part# 0130M00009P which is used on 2 and 2.5 ton unitsshould close at 34°F ± 5°F. Part # 0130M00001P whichis used on 3 thru 5 ton units should close at 31°F ± 3°F.

3. Check the temperature at which the control opens itscontacts by raising the temperature of the control. Part #0130M00009P which is used on 2 and 2.5 ton units

should open at 60°F ± 5°F. Part # 0130M00001P whichis used on 3 thru 5 ton units should open at 75°F ± 6°F.

4. If not as above, replace control.

S-40 AR*F & MBR ELECTRONIC BLOWERSTIME DELAY RELAY

The MBR contains an Electronic Blower Time Delay Relayboard, PCBFM103. This board provides on/off time delays forthe blower motor in cooling and heat pump heating demandswhen “G” is energized.During a cooling or heat pump heating demand, 24Vac issupplied to terminal “G” of the EBTDR to turn on the blowermotor. The EBTDR initiates a 7 second delay on and thenenergizes it’s onboard relay. The relay on the EBTDR boardcloses it’s normally open contacts and supplies power to theblower motor. When the “G” input is removed, the EBTDRinitiates a 65 second delay off. When the 65 seconds delayexpires the onboard relay is de-energized and it’s contactsopen and remove power from the blower motor.During an electric heat only demand, “W1” is energized but“G” is not. The blower motor is connected to the normallyclosed contacts of the relay on the EBTDR board. The otherside of this set of contacts is connected to the heat se-quencer on the heater assembly that provides power to the1st stage of heat. When “W1” is energized, and the blowermotor is powered through the normally closed contacts onthe relay of the EBTDR. There maybe delay on activation ordeactivating heater elements.The EBTDR also contains a speedup terminal to reduce thedelays during troubleshooting of the unit. When this terminalis shorted to the common terminal, “C”, on the EBTDR board,the delay ON time is reduced to 3 seconds and the delay OFFtime is reduced to 5 second.Two additional terminals, M1 and M2, are on the EBTDRboard. These terminals are used to connect the unused leadsfrom the blower motor and have no affect on the board’soperation.

SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONThis document covers the basic sequence of operation for atypical application with a mercury bulb thermostat. When adigital/electronic thermostat is used, the on/off staging of theauxiliary heat will vary. Refer to the installation instruc-tions and wiring diagrams provided with the MBR andAR*F for specific wiring connections and system con-figuration.AR*F & MBR

WITH SINGLE STAGE CONDENSERS1.0 Cooling Operation1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes

“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “Y” at the condensingunit and the “G” terminal on the EBTDR board.

1.2 The compressor and condenser fan are turned on and

Page 54: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

54

after a 7 second on delay, the relay on the EBTDR boardis energized and the blower motor starts.

1.3 When the cooling demand “Y” is satisfied, the roomthermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”.

1.4 The compressor and condenser fan are turned off and aftera 65 second delay off, the relay on the EBTDR board is de-energized and the blower is turned off.

2.0 Heating Operation2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes

“W1” and 24Vac is supplied to turn on the 1st stage ofheat. If W2 is energized, then the 2nd stage will be turnedon. This may be turning on contractor(s) or sequencer(s).

2.2 In order to make sure the blower is running when heat ison, the normally closed contacts on the EBTDR willpower motor the blower motor if no G signal is received.

AR*F & MBRWITH SINGLE STAGE HEAT PUMPS

3.0 Cooling OperationOn heat pump units, when the room thermostat set to thecooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to “O” which energizes thereversing valve. As long as the thermostat is set for cooling,the reversing valve will be in the energized position for cooling.3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes

“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “Y” at the heat pumpand the “G” terminal on the EBTDR board.

3.2 The heat pump turned on in the cooling mode and after a7 second on delay, the relay on the EBTDR board isenergized and the blower motor starts.

3.3 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermo-stat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”.

3.4 The heat pump is turned off and after a 65 second delayoff, the relay on the EBTDR board is de-energized and theblower motor is turned off.

4.0 Heating OperationOn heat pump units, when the room thermostat set to theheating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As longas the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will bein the de-energized position for heating except during adefrost cycle. Some installations may use one or moreoutdoor thermostats to restrict the amount of electric heatthat is available above a preset ambient temperature. Use ofoptional controls such as these can change the operation ofthe electric heaters during the heating mode. This sequenceof operation does not cover those applications.4.1 On a demand for first stage of heat with heat pump units,

the room thermostat energizes “G” and “Y” and 24Vac issupplied to “Y” at the heat pump unit and the “G” terminalon the EBTDR board. The heat pump is turned on in theheating mode and the blower motor starts after a 7 secondon delay.

4.2 If the first stage of heat is not satisfied by the heat pump,

then some thermostats may call for 2nd or 3rd stage ofheat (1st and 2nd stage of electric heat).

4.3 On demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes "W1"and 24 Vac is supplied to turn on the 1st stage of heat.If W2 is energized, then the 2nd stage will be turned on.this may be turning on contractor(s) or sequencer(s).

4.4 In order to make sure the blower is running when heat ison, the normally closed contacts on the EBTDR willpower the blower motor if no G signal is received.

4.5 There may be delay on activation or deactivating heaterelements.

5.0 Defrost OperationOn heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to theheating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As longas the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will bein the de-energized position for heating except during adefrost cycle.5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating

mode as described the Heating Operation in section 4. 5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to see

if a defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 accumulated ofcompressor runtime minutes of heat pump operationdepending on the selectable setting by monitoring thestate of the defrost thermostat attached to the outdoorcoil.

5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough tocause the defrost thermostat to be closed when thedefrost board checks it, and if accumulated compressorruntime of 30, 60 or 90 minutes expires the board willinitiate a defrost cycle.

5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of theHVDR relay on the defrost board open and turns off theoutdoor fan. The contacts of the LVDR relay on thedefrost board closes and supplies 24Vac to “O” and “W2”.The reversing valve is energized and 1st stage of elec-tronic heat is energized. The unit will continue to run inthis mode until the defrost cycle is completed, or maxi-mum defrost time of 12 minutes expires.

a. For models with defrost control PCBDM133, a 30second compressor delay at defrost initiation/termina-tion is optional. As shipped from the factory, thecontrol is set for the delay (“DLY”), which will turn thecompressor off for 30 seconds at entering and exitingdefrost operation while the reversing valve shifts to/from the cooling mode position. To bypass the delay,which typically reduces sound levels during defrostmode, change the pin settings from “DLY” to “NORM”.

5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises highenough to causes the defrost thermostat to open, thedefrost cycle will be terminated. If at the end of theprogrammed 10 minute override time the defrost thermo-stat is still closed, the defrost board will automaticallyterminate the defrost cycle.

Page 55: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

55

S-41 AEP* & MBE WITH SINGLE STAGE CON-DENSERS

AEP* & MBE ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME DELAY RELAYSEQUENCE OF OPERATIONThis document covers the basic sequence of operation for atypical application with a mercury bulb thermostat. When adigital/electronic thermostat is used, the on/off staging of theauxiliary heat will vary. Refer to the installation instructionsand wiring diagrams provided with the MBE for specific wiringconnections, dip switch settings and system configuration.

AEP* & MBE WITH SINGLE STAGE CONDENSERSWhen used with a single stage condenser, dip switch #4must be set to the on position on the VSTB inside the MBE.The “Y” output from the indoor thermostat must be connectedto the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundlemarked “Thermostat” and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2”inside the wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must beconnected to “Y” at the condenser. The orange jumper wirefrom terminal “Y1” to terminal “O” on the VSTB inside theMBE must remain connected.1.0 Cooling Operation1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes

“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “G” and “Y/Y2” of theMBE unit. The VSTB inside the MBE will turn on theblower motor and the motor will ramp up to the speedprogrammed in the motor based on the settings for dipswitch 5 and 6. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y” at thecondenser and the compressor and condenser are turnedon.

1.2 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermo-stat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”. The MBEandAEP* remove the 24Vac from “Y’ at the condenser and thecompressor and condenser fan are turned off. The blowermotor will ramp down to a complete stop based on thetime and rate programmed in the motor.

2.0 Heating Operation2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes

“W1” and 24Vac is supplied to terminal “E/W1” of theVSTB inside the MBEand AEP* units. The VSTB will turnon the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to thespeed programmed in the motor based on the settings fordip switch 1 and 2. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heatsequencer HR1 on the electric heater assembly.

2.2 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the sametime, if the heater assembly contains a second heaterelement, HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, M3and M4, which will close and turn on heater element #2.

Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heaterassembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements ifavailable. For the 3rd and 4th heater elements tooperate on a second stage heat demand, the PJ4jumper on the VSTB inside the MBE and AEP* mustbe cut. With the PJ4 jumper cut, the VSTB will run the

blower motor on low speed on a “W1” only demand. If thefirst stage heat demand, “W1” cannot be satisfied by theheat pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop.The room thermostat will then energize “W2” and 24Vacwill be supplied to HR2 on the heater assembly and theblower motor will change to high speed. When the “W2”demand is satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the24Vac from “W2” and the VSTB will remove the 24Vacfrom HR2. The contacts on HR2 will open between 30 to70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 will be turnedoff and the blower motor will change to low speed. Onmost digital/electronic thermostats, “W2” will re-main energized until the first stage demand “W1” issatisfied and then the “W1” and “W2” demands willbe removed.

2.3 When the “W1” heat demand is satisfied, the roomthermostat will remove the 24Vac from “E/W1” and theVSTB removes the 24Vac from HR1. The contacts onHR1 will open between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off theheater element(s) and the blower motor ramps down to acomplete stop.

S-41A AEP* & MBE WITH SINGLE STAGE HEATPUMPS

When used with a single stage heat pump, dip switch #4 mustbe set to the ON position on the VSTB inside the MBE. The“Y” output from the indoor thermostat must be connected tothe yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle marked“Thermostat” and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside thewire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must be connected to “Y”at the heat pump. The orange jumper wire from terminal“Y1” to terminal “O” on the VSTB inside the MBE mustbe removed.3.0 Cooling OperationOn heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to thecooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to terminal “O” of the VSTBinside the MBE unit. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “O” atthe heat pump to energize the reversing valve. As long as thethermostat is set for cooling, the reversing valve will be in theenergized position for cooling.3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes

“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to terminals “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE unit. The VSTB will turn on the blowermotor and the motor will ramp up to the speed pro-grammed in the motor based on the settings of dip switch5 and 6. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y” at the heatpump.

3.2 The heat pump is turned on in the cooling mode.3.3 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermo-

stat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBEand the VSTB removes the 24Vac from “Y” at the heatpump. The heat pump is turned off and the blower motorwill ramp down to a complete stop based on the time andrate programmed in the motor.

Page 56: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

56

4.0 Heating OperationOn heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to theheating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As longas the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will bein the de-energized position for heating except during adefrost cycle. Some installations may use one or moreoutdoor thermostats to restrict the amount of electric heatthat is available above a preset ambient temperature. Use ofoptional controls such as these can change the operation ofthe electric heaters during the heating mode. This sequenceof operation does not cover those applications.4.1 On a demand for first stage heat with heat pump units, the

room thermostat energizes “Y” and “G” and 24Vac issupplied to “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE. The VSTB will turnon the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to thespeed programmed in the motor based on the settings ofdip switch 1 and 2. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y” atthe heat pump and the heat pump is turned on in theheating mode.

4.2 If the first stage heat demand cannot be satisfied by theheat pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop.The room thermostat will then energize terminal “W2” forsecond stage heat and 24Vac will be supplied to “E/W1”of the MBE. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heatsequencer, HR1, on the electric heater assembly.

4.3 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the sametime, if the heater assembly contains a second heaterelement, HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, M3and M4, which will close to turn on heater element #2.

Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heaterassembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available.For the 3rd and 4th heater elements to operate on a thirdstage heat demand, the PJ4 jumper on the VSTB insidethe MBE and AEP* must be cut. If the second stage heatdemand, “W2”, cannot be satisfied by the heat pump, thetemperature indoors will continue to drop. The room thermo-stat will then energize “W3” and 24Vac will be supplied to “W/W2” of the MBE. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to HR2 on theelectric heater assembly. When the “W3” demand is satis-fied, the room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “W/W2”of the MBE and AEP*. The contacts on HR2 will openbetween 30 to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 willbe turned off. On most digital/electronic thermostats,“W3” will remain energized until the first stage de-mand “Y” is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y”, “W2” and“W3” demands will be removed.4.4 As the temperature indoors increase, it will reach a point

where the second stage heat demand, “W2”, is satisfied.When this happens, the room thermostat will remove the24Vac from “E/W1” of the MBE. The contacts on HR1 willopen between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off both heaterelement(s). The heat pump remains on along with theblower motor because the “Y” demand for first stage heatwill still be present.

4.5 When the first stage heat demand “Y” is satisfied, theroom thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE and AEP*. The VSTB removes the 24Vacfrom “Y” at the heat pump and the heat pump is turned off.The blower motor will ramp down to a complete stopbased on the time and rate programmed in the motorcontrol.

5.0 Defrost OperationOn heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to theheating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As longas the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will bein the de-energized position for heating except during adefrost cycle.5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating

mode as described the Heating Operation in section 4.5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to see

if a defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 minutes of heatpump operation depending on the selectable setting bymonitoring the state of the defrost thermostat attached tothe outdoor coil.

5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough tocause the defrost thermostat to be closed when thedefrost board checks it, the board will initiate a defrostcycle.

5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of theHVDR relay on the defrost board open and turns off theoutdoor fan. The contacts of the LVDR relay on thedefrost board closes and supplies 24Vac to “O” and “W2”.The reversing valve is energized and the contacts on HR1close and turns on the electric heater(s). The unit willcontinue to run in this mode until the defrost cycle iscompleted.

a. For models with defrost control PCBDM133, a 30second compressor delay at defrost initiation/termina-tion is optional. As shipped from the factory, thecontrol is set for the delay (“DLY”), which will turn thecompressor off for 30 seconds while the reversing valveshifts to/from the cooling mode position. To bypassthe delay, which typically reduces sound levels duringdefrost mode, change the pin settings from “DLY” to“NORM”.

5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises highenough to causes the defrost thermostat to open, thedefrost cycle will be terminated. If at the end of theprogrammed 10 minute override time the defrost thermo-stat is still closed, the defrost board will automaticallyterminate the defrost cycle.

5.6 When the defrost cycle is terminated, the contacts of theHVDR relay on the defrost board will close to start theoutdoor fan and the contacts of the LVDR relay will openand turn off the reversing valve and electric heater(s). Theunit will now be back in a normal heating mode with a heatpump demand for heating as described in the HeatingOperation in section 4. See section 5.4a.

Page 57: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

57

S-60 ELECTRIC HEATER (OPTIONAL ITEM)Optional electric heaters may be added, in the quantitiesshown in the specifications section, to provide electricresistance heating. Under no condition shall more heatersthan the quantity shown be installed.The low voltage circuit in the air handler is factory wired andterminates at the location provided for the electric heater(s).A minimum of field wiring is required to complete the instal-lation.Other components such as a Heating/Cooling Thermostatand Outdoor Thermostats are available to complete theinstallation.The system CFM can be determined by measuring the staticpressure external to the unit. The installation manualsupplied with the blower coil, or the blower performance tablein the service manual, shows the CFM for the static mea-sured.Alternately, the system CFM can be determined by operatingthe electric heaters and indoor blower WITHOUT having thecompressor in operation. Measure the temperature rise asclose to the blower inlet and outlet as possible.If other than a 240V power supply is used, refer to the BTUHCAPACITY CORRECTION FACTOR chart below.

BTUH CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTOR

SUPPLY VOLTAGE 250 230 220 208

MULTIPLICATION FACTOR 1.08 .92 .84 .75

EXAMPLE: Five (5) heaters provide 24.0 KW at the rated240V. Our actual measured voltage is 220V, and ourmeasured temperature rise is 42°F. Find the actual CFM:Answer: 24.0KW, 42°F Rise, 240 V = 1800 CFM from theTEMPERATURE RISE CHART, Table 5.Heating output at 220 V = 24.0KW x 3.413 x .84 = 68.8MBH.Actual CFM = 1800 x .84 Corr. Factor = 1400 CFM.NOTE: The temperature rise table is for sea level installa-tions. The temperature rise at a particular KW and CFM willbe greater at high altitudes, while the external static pressureat a particular CFM will be less.

3 4.8 7.2 9.6 14.4 19.2 24 28.8KW KW KW KW KW KW KW KW

600 16 25 38 51 --- --- --- ---700 14 22 33 43 --- --- --- ---800 12 19 29 38 57 --- --- ---900 11 17 26 34 51 --- --- ---1000 10 15 23 30 46 --- --- ---1100 9 14 21 27 41 55 --- ---1200 8 13 19 25 38 50 --- ---1300 7 12 18 23 35 46 --- ---1400 7 11 16 22 32 43 54 651500 6 10 15 20 30 40 50 601600 6 9 14 19 28 38 47 571700 6 9 14 18 27 36 44 531800 5 8 13 17 25 34 42 501900 5 8 12 16 24 32 40 482000 5 8 12 15 23 30 38 452100 5 7 11 14 22 29 36 432200 4 7 11 14 21 27 34 412300 4 7 10 13 20 26 33 39

TEMPERATURE RISE (F°) @ 240V

CFM

Table 5

HTRKW

3.0KW

4.7KW

6.0KW

7.0KW

9.5KW

14.2KW

19.5KW

21.0KW

BTUH 10200 16200 20400 23800 32400 48600 66500 71600

ELECTRIC HEATER CAPACITY BTUH

Table 6FORMULAS:Heating Output = KW x 3413 x Corr. Factor

Actual CFM = CFM (from table) x Corr. Factor

BTUH = KW x 3413

BTUH = CFM x 1.08 x Temperature Rise (T)

CFM = KW x 34131.08 x T

T = BTUH CFM x 1.08

S-61A CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S)Each individual heater element is protected with a limitcontrol device connected in series with each element toprevent overheating of components in case of low airflow. Thislimit control will open its circuit at approximately 150°F.

Page 58: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

58

1. Remove the wiring from the control terminals.2. Using an ohmmeter, test for continuity across the nor-

mally closed contacts. No reading indicates the controlis open - replace if necessary.

IF FOUND OPEN - REPLACE - DO NOT WIRE AROUND.

S-61B CHECKING HEATER FUSE LINK (OP-TIONAL ELECTRIC HEATERS)

Each individual heater element is protected with a one timefuse link which is connected in series with the element. Thefuse link will open at approximately 333°.

WARNINGDisconnect ALL power before servicing.

1. Remove heater element assembly so as to expose fuselink.

2. Using an ohmmeter, test across the fuse link for continu-ity - no reading indicates the link is open. Replace asnecessary.

NOTE: The link is designed to open at approximately 333°F.DO NOT WIRE AROUND - determine reason for failure.

S-62 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS

WARNINGDisconnect ALL power before servicing.

1. Disassemble and remove the heating element.2. Visually inspect the heater assembly for any breaks in

the wire or broken insulators.3. Using an ohmmeter, test the element for continuity - no

reading indicates the element is open. Replace asnecessary.

S-100 REFRIGERATION REPAIR PRACTICE

DANGERAlways remove the refrigerant charge in a propermanner before applying heat to the system.

When repairing the refrigeration system:

WARNINGDisconnect ALL power before servicing.

1. Never open a system that is under vacuum. Air andmoisture will be drawn in.

2. Plug or cap all openings.3. Remove all burrs and clean the brazing surfaces of the

tubing with sand cloth or paper. Brazing materials do notflow well on oxidized or oily surfaces.

4. Clean the inside of all new tubing to remove oils and pipechips.

5. When brazing, sweep the tubing with dry nitrogen toprevent the formation of oxides on the inside surfaces.

6. Complete any repair by replacing the liquid line drier in thesystem, evacuate and charge.

BRAZING MATERIALSIMPORTANT NOTE: Torch heat required to braze tubes ofvarious sizes is proportional to the size of the tube. Tubes ofsmaller size require less heat to bring the tube to brazingtemperature before adding brazing alloy. Applying too muchheat to any tube can melt the tube. Service personnel mustuse the appropriate heat level for the size of the tube beingbrazed.NOTE: The use of a heat shield when brazing is recommendedto avoid burning the serial plate or the finish on the unit. Heattrap or wet rags should be used to protect heat sensitivecomponents such as service valves and TXV valves.

Copper to Copper Joints - Sil-Fos used without flux (alloyof 15% silver, 80% copper, and 5% phosphorous). Recom-mended heat 1400°F.Copper to Steel Joints - Silver Solder used without a flux(alloy of 30% silver, 38% copper, 32% zinc). Recommendedheat - 1200°F.

S-101 LEAK TESTING (NITROGEN OR NITRO-GEN-TRACED)

To avoid the risk of fire or explosion, never useoxygen, high pressure air or flammable gases for leaktesting of a refrigeration system.

WARNING

To avoid possible explosion, the line from thenitrogen cylinder must include a pressure regulatorand a pressure relief valve. The pressure relief valvemust be set to open at no more than 150 psig.

WARNING

Page 59: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

59

Pressure test the system using dry nitrogen and soapy waterto locate leaks. If you wish to use a leak detector, charge thesystem to 10 psi using the appropriate refrigerant then usenitrogen to finish charging the system to working pressure,then apply the detector to suspect areas. If leaks are found,repair them. After repair, repeat the pressure test. If no leaksexist, proceed to system evacuation.

S-102 EVACUATION

WARNINGREFRIGERANT UNDER PRESSURE!Failure to follow proper procedures may causeproperty damage, personal injury or death.

This is the most important part of the entire service procedure.The life and efficiency of the equipment is dependent upon thethoroughness exercised by the serviceman when evacuatingair (non-condensables) and moisture from the system.Air in a system causes high condensing temperature andpressure, resulting in increased power input and reducedperformance.Moisture chemically reacts with the refrigerant oil to formcorrosive acids. These acids attack motor windings andparts, causing breakdown.The equipment required to thoroughly evacuate the system isa high vacuum pump, capable of producing a vacuum equiva-lent to 25 microns absolute and a thermocouple vacuumgauge to give a true reading of the vacuum in the systemNOTE: Never use the system compressor as a vacuum pumpor run when under a high vacuum. Motor damage could occur.

Do not front seat the service valve(s) with thecompressor open, with the suction line of thecomprssor closed or severely restricted.

WARNING

1. Connect the vacuum pump, vacuum tight manifold setwith high vacuum hoses, thermocouple vacuum gaugeand charging cylinder as shown.

2. Start the vacuum pump and open the shut off valve to thehigh vacuum gauge manifold only. After the compoundgauge (low side) has dropped to approximately 29 inchesof vacuum, open the valve to the vacuum thermocouplegauge. See that the vacuum pump will blank-off to amaximum of 25 microns. A high vacuum pump can onlyproduce a good vacuum if its oil is non-contaminated.

LOW SIDEGAUGE

AND VALVE

HIGH SIDEGAUGE

AND VALVE

TO UNIT SERVICEVALVE PORTS

VACUUM PUMP

VACUUM PUMPADAPTER

800 PSIRATEDHOSES

CHARGINGCYLINDER

AND SCALE

{

R-22MANIFOLD

EVACUATION

3. If the vacuum pump is working properly, close the valve tothe vacuum thermocouple gauge and open the high andlow side valves to the high vacuum manifold set. With thevalve on the charging cylinder closed, open the manifoldvalve to the cylinder.

4. Evacuate the system to at least 29 inches gauge beforeopening valve to thermocouple vacuum gauge.

5. Continue to evacuate to a maximum of 250 microns.Close valve to vacuum pump and watch rate of rise. Ifvacuum does not rise above 1500 microns in three to fiveminutes, system can be considered properly evacuated.

6. If thermocouple vacuum gauge continues to rise andlevels off at about 5000 microns, moisture and non-condensables are still present. If gauge continues to risea leak is present. Repair and re-evacuate.

7. Close valve to thermocouple vacuum gauge and vacuumpump. Shut off pump and prepare to charge.

S-103 CHARGING

WARNINGREFRIGERANT UNDER PRESSURE!* Do not overcharge system with refrigerant.* Do not operate unit in a vacuum or at negative pressure.Failure to follow proper procedures may causeproperty damage, personal injury or death.

Page 60: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

60

CAUTIONUse refrigerant certified to AHRI standards. Usedrefrigerant may cause compressor damage and isnot covered under the warranty. Most portablemachines cannot clean used refrigerant to meetAHRI standards.

Damage to the unit caused by operating the compressor with the suction valve closed is not covered under the warranty and may cause serious compressor damage.

Charge the system with the exact amount of refrigerant.Refer to the specification section or check the unit name-plates for the correct refrigerant charge.An inaccurately charged system will cause future prob-lems.1. When using an ambient compensated calibrated charg-

ing cylinder, allow liquid refrigerant only to enter the highside.

2. After the system will take all it will take, close the valveon the high side of the charging manifold.

3. Start the system and charge the balance of the refriger-ant through the low side. DO NOT charge in a liquidform.

4. With the system still running, close the valve on the charg-ing cylinder. At this time, you may still have some liquidrefrigerant in the charging cylinder hose and will definitelyhave liquid in the liquid hose. Reseat the liquid line core.Slowly open the high side manifold valve and transfer theliquid refrigerant from the liquid line hose and chargingcylinder hose into the suction service valve port. CARE-FUL: Watch so that liquid refrigerant does not enter thecompressor.

5. With the system still running, reseat the suction valvecore, remove hose and reinstall both valve core caps.

6. Check system for leaks.NOTE: This charging procedure can only be done in thecooling mode of operation. (Early production "a" modelsonly.) All models with compressor process tube accessvalve can be processed in heating cycle if this valve isused.When charging a remote condensing unit with a non-match-ing evaporator coil, or a system where the charge quantity isunknown, alternate charging methods must be used. Thesesystems must be charged according to subcooling or super-heat.

65 70 75 80 85115 3100 5 595 5 5 590 7 12 1885 5 10 17 2080 5 12 21 2675 5 10 17 25 2970 5 14 20 28 3265 13 19 26 32 3560 17 25 30 33 37

Return Air Temperature(°F Drybulb)

SYSTEM SUPERHEAT

Ambient Condenser Inlet Temp.(°F Drybulb)

Table 7Coils having flow control restrictors should be charged tomatch the System Superheat chart above. Coils with ther-mostatic expansion valves (TXV's) should be charged by sub-cooling. See "Checking Subcooling and Superheat" sec-tions in this manual.Due to their design, Scroll compressors are inherently moretolerant of liquid refrigerant.NOTE: Even though the compressor section of a Scroll com-pressor is more tolerant of liquid refrigerant, continued flood-back or flooded start conditions may wash oil from the bear-ing surfaces causing premature bearing failure.If a restriction is located, replace the restricted part, replacedrier, evacuate and recharge.

S-104 CHECKING COMPRESSOR EFFICIENCYThe reason for compressor inefficiency is broken or dam-aged suction and/or discharge valves, or scroll flanks on Scrollcompressors, reducing the ability of the compressor to pumprefrigerant vapor.The condition of the valves or scroll flanks is checked in thefollowing manner.1. Attach gauges to the high and low side of the system.2. Start the system and run a "Cooling Performance Test.If the test shows:a. Below normal high side pressure.b. Above normal low side pressure.c. Low temperature difference across coil.d. Low amp draw at compressor.and the charge is correct. The compressor is faulty - replacethe compressor. NOTE: THIS TEST CANNOT BE DONE INTHE HEATING MODE

Page 61: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

61

Verification of proper rotation of Scroll Compressors is madeas follows.NOTE: The compressor may run backwards (noisy opera-tion) for 1 or 2 seconds at shutdown. This is normal anddoes not harm the compressor.1. Install gauges and verify that the suction pressure drops

while the discharge pressure increases.2. Listen for normal compressor sound levels. Reverse rota-

tion results in elevated or unusual sound levels.3. Reverse rotation will result in substantially reduced amp

draw from tabulated values.To correct improper rotation, switch any two power supplyleads at the outdoor unit contactor.The 3 phase Scroll Compressors are direction of rotation sen-sitive. They will rotate in either direction depending on thephasing of the power. There is no negative impact on durabil-ity caused by operating 3 phase compressors in reversedrotation. The compressors internal protector will trip, de-en-ergizing the compressor. Continued operation of 3 phase scrollcompressors with the rotation reversed will contribute to com-pressor failure. All 3 phase scroll compressors should bechecked for correct phase rotation.

S-105B THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVEThe expansion valve is designed to control the rate of liquidrefrigerant flow into an evaporator coil in exact proportion tothe rate of evaporation of the refrigerant in the coil. The amountof refrigerant entering the coil is regulated since the valveresponds to temperature of the refrigerant gas leaving the coil(feeler bulb contact) and the pressure of the refrigerant in thecoil. This regulation of the flow prevents the return of liquidrefrigerant to the compressor.The illustration below shows typical heat pump TXV/checkvalve operation in the heating and cooling modes.

COOLING HEATING

THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES (TXV VALVES)Goodman® brand TXV valves contain an internal check valvethus eliminating the need for an external check valve andbypass loop. The three forces which govern the operation ofthe valve are: (1) the pressure created in the power assemblyby the feeler bulb, (2) evaporator pressure, and (3) theequivalent pressure of the superheat spring in the valve. 0%bleed type expansion valves are used on indoor and outdoorcoils. The 0% bleed valve will not allow the system pressures(High and Low side) to equalize during the shut down period.

The TXV internal check valve will hold a pressure differentialof 100 PSID.The bulb must be securely fastened with two straps to a cleanstraight section of the suction line. Application of the bulb toa horizontal run of line is preferred. If a vertical installationcannot be avoided, the bulb must be mounted so that thecapillary tubing comes out at the top.THE VALVES PROVIDED BY GOODMAN® BRAND AREDESIGNED TO MEET THE SPECIFICATION REQUIRE-MENTS FOR OPTIMUM PRODUCT OPERATION. DO NOTUSE SUBSTITUTES.

S-106 OVERFEEDINGOverfeeding by the expansion valve results in high suctionpressure, cold suction line, and possible liquid slugging of thecompressor.If these symptoms are observed:1. Check for an overcharged unit by referring to the cooling

performance charts in the servicing section.2. Check the operation of the power element in the valve as

explained in S-110 Checking Expansion Valve Operation.3. Check for restricted or plugged equalizer tube.

S-107 UNDERFEEDINGUnderfeeding by the expansion valve results in low systemcapacity and low suction pressures.If these symptoms are observed:1. Check for a restricted liquid line or drier. A restriction will

be indicated by a temperature drop across the drier.2. Check the operation of the power element of the valve as

described in S-110 Checking Expansion Valve Operation.

S-108 SUPERHEATThe expansion valves are factory adjusted to maintain 12 to18 degrees superheat of the suction gas. Before checkingthe superheat or replacing the valve, perform all the proce-dures outlined under Air Flow, Refrigerant Charge, Expan-sion Valve - Overfeeding, Underfeeding. These are the mostcommon causes for evaporator malfunction.CHECKING SUPERHEATRefrigerant gas is considered superheated when its tempera-ture is higher than the saturation temperature correspondingto its pressure. The degree of superheat equals the degreesof temperature increase above the saturation temperature atexisting pressure. See Temperature - Pressure Chart onfollowing pages.1. Run system at least 10 minutes to allow pressure tostabilize.2. Temporarily install thermometer on suction (large) line nearsuction line service valve with adequate contact and insulatefor best possible reading.

Page 62: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

62

3. Refer to the superheat table provided for proper systemsuperheat. Add charge to lower superheat or recover chargeto raise superheat.

Superheat Formula = Suct. Line Temp. - Sat. Suct. Temp.

EXAMPLE:a. Suction Pressure = 98.7b. Corresponding Temp. °F. = 50c. Thermometer on Suction Line = 61°F.

To obtain the degrees temperature of superheat, subtract50.0 from 61.0°F.The difference is 11° Superheat. The 11° Superheat would fallin the ± range of allowable superheat.

NOTE: If superheat is measured for long line set or atticapplication, there may be a significant difference in thesuperheat from evaporator out to suction valve.

SUPERHEAT AND SUBCOOLING ADJUSTMENT ON TXVAPPLICATIONS1. Run system at least 10 minutes to allow pressure to

stabilize.2. Temporarily install thermometer on liquid (small) line near

liquid line service valve with adequate contact and insu-late for best possible reading.

3. Check subcooling and superheat. Systems with TXVapplication should have a subcooling and superheat of 7± 2ºF.a. If subcooling and superheat are low, adjust TXV to 7 -

9ºF then check subcooling.b. If subcooling is low and superheat is high, add charge

to raise subcooling to 7 ± 2ºF then check superheat.c. If subcooling and superheat are high, adjust TXV valve

to 7 ± 9ºF then check subcooling.d. If subcooling is high and superheat is low, adjust TXV

valve to 7 to 9ºF superheat and remove charge to lowerthe subcooling to 7 ± 2ºF.

The TXV should NOT be adjusted at light load conditions 55ºto 60ºF, under such conditions only the subcooling can beevaluated. This is because suction pressure is dependent onthe indoor coil match, indoor airflow, and wet bulb tempera-ture. NOTE: Do NOT adjust charge based on suction pres-sure unless there is a gross undercharge.4. Disconnect manifold set. Installation is complete.

Temp.°F.

Gauge Pressure(PSIG) Freon-22

Temp.°F.

Gauge Pressure(PSIG) Freon-22

-40-38-36-34

0.611.422.273.15

60626465

102.5106.3110.2114.2

-32-30-28-26

4.075.026.017.03

68707274

118.3122.5126.8131.2

-24-22-20-18

8.099.1810.3111.48

76788082

135.7140.5145.0149.5

-16-14-12-10

12.6113.9415.2416.59

84868890

154.7159.8164.9170.1

-8-6-4-2

17.9919.4420.9422.49

92949696

175.4180.9186.5192.1

0246

24.0925.7327.4429.21

100102104106

197.9203.8209.9216.0

8101214

31.0432.9334.8836.89

108110112114

222.3228.7235.2241.9

16182022

38.9641.0943.2845.53

116118120122

248.7255.6262.6269.7

24262830

47.8550.2452.7055.23

124126128130

276.9284.1291.4298.8

32343638

57.8360.5163.2766.11

132134136136

306.3314.0321.9329.9

40424446

69.0271.9975.0478.18

140142144146

338.0346.3355.0364.3

48505254

81.4084.7088.1091.5

158150152154

374.1384.3392.3401.3

5658

95.198.8

156158160

411.3421.8433.3

Page 63: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

63

S-109 CHECKING SUBCOOLINGRefrigerant liquid is considered subcooled when its tempera-ture is lower than the saturation temperature correspondingto its pressure. The degree of subcooling equals the degreesof temperature decrease below the saturation temperature atthe existing pressure.1. Attach an accurate thermometer or preferably a thermo-couple type temperature tester to the liquid line as it leavesthe condensing unit.2. Install a high side pressure gauge on the high side (liquid)service valve at the front of the unit.3. Record the gauge pressure and the temperature of the line.4. Review the technical information manual or specificationsheet for the model being serviced to obtain the designsubcooling.5. Obtain the Liquid Line Pressure gauge reading and convertthe liquid line pressure gauge reading to temperature byfinding the gauge reading in Temperature - Pressure Chartand reading to the left, find the temperature in the °F. Column.6. The difference between the thermometer reading andpressure to temperature conversion is the amount of subcool-ing.Add charge to raise subcooling. Recover charge to lowersubcooling.Subcooling Formula = Sat. Liquid Temp. - Liquid LineTemp.EXAMPLE:

a. Liquid Line Pressure = 274.5b. Corresponding Temp. °F. = 120°c. Thermometer on Liquid line = 109°F.

To obtain the amount of subcooling subtract 109°F from120°F.The difference is 11° subcooling. See the specification sheetor technical information manual for the design subcoolingrange for your unit.

S-110 CHECKING EXPANSION VALVE OPERA-TION

1. Remove the remote bulb of the expansion valve from thesuction line.

2. Start the system and cool the bulb in a container of icewater, closing the valve. As you cool the bulb, the suctionpressure should fall and the suction temperature will rise.

3. Next warm the bulb in your hand. As you warm the bulb,the suction pressure should rise and the suction tempera-ture will fall.

4. If a temperature or pressure change is noticed, theexpansion valve is operating. If no change is noticed, thevalve is restricted, the power element is faulty, or theequalizer tube is plugged.

5. Capture the charge, replace the valve and drier, evacuateand recharge.

S-111 FIXED ORIFICE RESTRICTOR DEVICESThe fixed orifice restrictor device (flowrator) used in conjunc-tion with the indoor coil is a predetermined bore (I.D.). It isdesigned to control the rate of liquid refrigerant flow into anevaporator coil.The amount of refrigerant that flows through the fixed orificerestrictor device is regulated by the pressure differencebetween the high and low sides of the system. In the coolingcycle when the outdoor air temperature rises, the high sidecondensing pressure rises. At the same time, the coolingload on the indoor coil increases, causing the low sidepressure to rise, but at a slower rate.Since the high side pressure rises faster when the tempera-ture increases, more refrigerant flows to the evaporator,increasing the cooling capacity of the system.When the outdoor temperature falls, the reverse takes place.The condensing pressure falls, and the cooling loads on theindoor coil decreases, causing less refrigerant flow.If a restriction should become evident, proceed as follows:1. Recover refrigerant charge.2. Remove the orifice assembly clean or replace.3. Replace liquid line drier, evacuate and recharge.

Capillary Tubes/Orifice Assembly

CHECKING EQUALIZATION TIMEDuring the “OFF” cycle, the high side pressure bleeds to thelow side through the fixed orifice restriction device. Checkequalization time as follows:1. Attach a gauge manifold to the suction and liquid line dill

valves.2. Start the system and allow the pressures to stabilize.3. Stop the system and check the time it takes for the high

and low pressure gauge readings to equalize.If it takes more than seven (7) minutes to equalize, therestrictor device is inoperative. Replace, install a liquid linedrier, evacuate and recharge.

S-112 CHECKING RESTRICTED LIQUID LINEWhen the system is operating, the liquid line is warm to thetouch. If the liquid line is restricted, a definite temperaturedrop will be noticed at the point of restriction. In severe cases,frost will form at the restriction and extend down the line in thedirection of the flow.Discharge and suction pressures will be low, giving the

Page 64: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

64

appearance of an undercharged unit. However, the unit willhave normal to high subcooling.Locate the restriction, replace the restricted part, replacedrier, evacuate and recharge.

S-113 OVERCHARGE OF REFRIGERANTAn overcharge of refrigerant is normally indicated by anexcessively high head pressure.An evaporator coil, using an expansion valve metering device,will basically modulate and control a flooded evaporator andprevent liquid return to the compressor.An evaporator coil, using a capillary tube metering device,could allow refrigerant to return to the compressor underextreme overcharge conditions. Also with a capillary tubemetering device, extreme cases of insufficient indoor air cancause icing of the indoor coil and liquid return to the compres-sor, but the head pressure would be lower.There are other causes for high head pressure which may befound in the "Service Problem Analysis Guide."If other causes check out normal, an overcharge or a systemcontaining non-condensables would be indicated.If this system is observed:1. Start the system.2. Remove and capture small quantities of gas from the

suction line dill valve until the head pressure is reduced tonormal.

3. Observe the system while running a cooling performancetest. If a shortage of refrigerant is indicated, then thesystem contains non-condensables.

S-114 NON-CONDENSABLESIf non-condensables are suspected, shut down the systemand allow the pressures to equalize. Wait at least 15minutes. Compare the pressure to the temperature of thecoldest coil since this is where most of the refrigerant will be.If the pressure indicates a higher temperature than that of thecoil temperature, non-condensables are present.Non-condensables are removed from the system by firstremoving the refrigerant charge, replacing and/or installingliquid line drier, evacuating and recharging.

S-115 COMPRESSOR BURNOUTWhen a compressor burns out, high temperature developscausing the refrigerant, oil and motor insulation to decom-pose forming acids and sludge.If a compressor is suspected of being burned-out, attach arefrigerant hose to the liquid line dill valve and properly removeand dispose of the refrigerant.

Violation of EPA regulations may result in finesor other penalties.

Now determine if a burn out has actually occurred. Confirmby analyzing an oil sample using a Sporlan Acid Test Kit, AK-3 or its equivalent.Remove the compressor and obtain an oil sample from thesuction stub. If the oil is not acidic, either a burnout has notoccurred or the burnout is so mild that a complete clean-upis not necessary.If acid level is unacceptable, the system must be cleaned byusing the clean-up drier method.

CAUTIONDo not allow the sludge or oil to contact the skin.Severe burns may result.

NOTE: The Flushing Method using R-11 refrigerant is nolonger approved by Goodman Company, L.P.Suction Line Drier Clean-Up MethodUse AMANA® brand part number RF000127 suction line filterdrier kit. This drier should be installed as close to thecompressor suction fitting as possible. The filter must beaccessible and be rechecked for a pressure drop after thesystem has operated for a time. It may be necessary to usenew tubing and form as required.NOTE: At least twelve (12) inches of the suction lineimmediately out of the compressor stub must be discardeddue to burned residue and contaminates.1. Remove compressor discharge line strainer.2. Remove the liquid line drier and expansion valve.3 Purge all remaining components with dry nitrogen or

carbon dioxide until clean.4. Install new components including liquid line drier.5. Braze all joints, leak test, evacuate, and recharge sys-

tem.6. Start up the unit and record the pressure drop across the

drier.7. Continue to run the system for a minimum of twelve (12)

hours and recheck the pressure drop across the drier.Pressure drop should not exceed 6 PSIG.

8. Continue to run the system for several days, repeatedlychecking pressure drop across the suction line drier. Ifthe pressure drop never exceeds the 6 PSIG, the drier hastrapped the contaminants. Remove the suction line drierfrom the system.

9. If the pressure drop becomes greater, then it must bereplaced and steps 5 through 9 repeated until it does notexceed 6 PSIG.

NOTICE: Regardless, the cause for burnout must be deter-mined and corrected before the new compressor is started.

Page 65: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

65

S-120 REFRIGERANT PIPINGThe piping of a refrigeration system is very important inrelation to system capacity, proper oil return to compressor,pumping rate of compressor and cooling performance of theevaporator.This long line set application guideline applies to all AHRIlisted R22 air conditioner and heat pump split systemmatches of nominal capacity 18,000 to 60,000 Btuh. Thisguideline will cover installation requirements and additionalaccessories needed for split system installations where theline set exceeds 50 feet in actual length.Additional Accessories:1. Crankcase Heater- a long line set application can

critically increase the charge level needed for a system.As a result, the system is very prone to refrigerantmigration during its off-cycle and a crankcase heater willhelp minimize this risk. A crankcase heater is recom-mended for any long line application (50 watt minimum).

2. TXV Requirement: All line set applications over 50 ft willrequire a TXV.

3. Hard Start Assist- increased charge level in long lineapplications can require extra work from the compressorat start-up. A hard start assist device may be required toovercome this.

4. Liquid Line Solenoid - A long line set application cancritically increase the charge level needed for a system.As a result, the system is very prone to refrigerantmigration during its off-cycle and a liquid line solenoid willhelp minimize this. A liquid line solenoid is recommendedfor any long line application on straight cooling units.

Tube Sizing:1. In long line applications, the “equivalent line length” is the

sum of the straight length portions of the suction line pluslosses (in equivalent length) from 45 and 90 degreebends. Select the proper suction tube size based onequivalent length of the suction line (see Tables 9 &10) and recalculated system capacity.

Equivalent length = Length horizontal + Length vertical +Losses from bends (see Table 11)

2. For any residential split system installed with a longline set, the liquid line size must never exceed 3/8".Limiting the liquid line size to 3/8" is critical since anincreased refrigerant charge level from having a largerliquid line could possibly shorten a compressor’s lifespan.

3. Single Stage Condensing Unit: The maximum lengthof tubing must not exceed 150 feet.• 50 feet is the maximum recommended vertical differ-

ence between the condenser and evaporator when theevaporator is above the condenser. Equivalent length isnot to exceed 150 feet.

• The vertical difference between the condenser andevaporator when the evaporator is below the condensercan approach 150 feet, as long as the equivalent length

does not exceed 150 feet.• The distance between the condenser and evaporator in

a completely horizontal installation in which the indoorand outdoor unit do not differ more than 10 feet invertical distance from each other can approach 150feet, as long as the equivalent length does not exceed150 feet.

4. Two-Stage Condensing Unit: The maximum length oftubing must not exceed 75 feet here indoor coil is locatedabove the outdoor unit.

NOTE: When the outdoor unit is located above theindoor coil, the maximum vertical rise must not exceed25 feet. If the maximum vertical rise exceeds 25 feet,premature compressor failure will occur due to inad-equate oil return.5. Vibration and Noise: In long line applications, refriger-

ant tubing is highly prone to transmit noise and vibrationto the structure it is fastened to. Use adequate vibration-isolating hardware when mounting line set to adjacentstructure.

Most refrigerant tubing kits are supplied with 3/8"-thickinsulation on the vapor line. For long line installations over 50feet, especially if the line set passes through a high ambienttemperature, ½”-thick suction line insulation is recommendedto reduce loss of capacity. The liquid line should be insulatedif passing through an area of 120°F or greater. Do not attachthe liquid line to any non-insulated portion of the suction line.

Table 9 lists multiplier values to recalculate system-coolingcapacity as a function of a system’s equivalent line length (ascalculated from the suction line) and the selected suctiontube size. Table 10 lists the equivalent length gained fromadding bends to the suction line. Properly size the suctionline to minimize capacity loss.

Cond

UnitTons Suct Liq Suct Liq Suct Liq1 1/2 5/8 1/4 3/4 3/8 3/4 3/8

2 5/8 1/4 3/4 3/8 3/4 3/82 1/2 3/4 3/8 3/4* 3/8 7/8 3/8

3 3/4 3/8 3/4** 3/8 7/8** 3/83 1/2 3/4 3/8 7/8** 3/8 1 1/8 3/8

4 7/8 3/8 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/8 3/85 7/8 3/8 1 1/8 3/8 1 1/8 3/8

Line Diameter (In. OD)

REFRIGERANT LINE LENGTH (Ft)

0-24 25-49 50-74***

Table 9*7/8" required for full ratings**1 1/8" required for full ratings***Lines greater than 74 feet in length or vertical elevation changes more than 50 feet, refer to the longline set.

TABLE 10. CAPACITY MULTIPLIERS AS A FUNCTION OFSUCTION LINE SIZE & EQUIVALENT LENGTH

Page 66: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

66

50 75 100 125 150 18,000 3/4 .99 .97 .96 .95 .95 24,000 3/4 1 .99 .99 .98 .97 30,000 3/4 .98 .97 .96 .95 .94

3/4 .93 .90 .86 .83 .79 7/8 .98 .96 .94 .92 .90 3/4 .93 .90 .87 .83 .80 7/8 .97 .96 .94 .93 .92

1-1/8 1 1 .99 .99 .98 3/4 .90 .86 .82 .78 N/R 7/8 .96 .94 .93 .91 .89

1-1/8 1 1 .99 .99 .98 7/8 .93 .91 .89 .86 .84

1-1/8 .99 .98 .98 .97 .97

36,000

42,000

48,000

60,000

Nominal capacity

Btuh

Vapor line diameter

(in.)

EQUIVALENT LINE LENGTH (FT)

Table 10NOTE: For a condenser with a liquid valve tube connectionless than 3/8" diameter, use 3/8" liquid line tubing for a lineset greater than 25 feet.

TABLE 11. LOSSES FROM SUCTION LINE ELBOWS(EQUIVALENT LENGTH, FT.)

3/4 7/8 1-1/8 90° short radius 1.7 2 2.3 90° long radius 1.5 1.7 1.6

45° 0.7 0.8 1

I.D. (in.) Type of elbow fitting

Table 11Installation Requirements1. In a completely horizontal installation with a long line set

where the evaporator is at the same altitude as (or slightlybelow) the condenser, the line set should be slopedtowards the evaporator. This helps reduce refrigerantmigration to the condenser during a system’s off-cycle.

2. For a system installation where the evaporator is abovethe condenser, an inverted vapor line trap should beinstalled on the suction line just before the inlet to theevaporator (see Fig 6). The top of the inverted loop mustbe slightly above the top of the evaporator coil and can becreated simply by brazing two 90° long radius elbowstogether, if a bending tool is unavailable. Properly supportand secure the inverted loop to the nearest point on theindoor unit or adjacent structure.

Fig 6. Evaporator unit with inverted vapor loop

3. An oil trap is required at the evaporator only if thecondenser is above the evaporator. Preformed oiltraps are available at most HVAC supply houses, or oiltraps may be created by brazing tubing elbows together(see diagram below). Remember to add the equivalentlength from oil traps to the equivalent length calculation ofthe suction line. For example, if you construct an oil trapusing two 45° elbows, one short and one long 90° elbowin a ¾” diameter suction line, the additional equivalentlength would be 0.7+ 0.7+1.7+1.5, which equals 4.6 feet(refer to table 9).

Long Radius Street Ell

45°Street

Ell

45 °Ell

Short RadiusStreet Ell

Oil Trap Construction

Fig 7. Oil Trap4. Low voltage wiring. Verify low voltage wiring size is

adequate for the length used since it will be increased ina long line application.

System Charging

R22 condensers are factory charged for 15 feet of line set. Tocalculate the amount of extra refrigerant (in ounces) neededfor a line set over 15 feet, multiply the additional length of lineset by 0.6 ounces. Note for the formula below, the linear feetof line set is the actual length of liquid line (or suction line,since both should be equal) used, not the equivalent lengthcalculated for the suction line.

Extra refrigerant needed =(Linear feet of line set – 15 ft) x X oz/ft.

Where X = 0.6 for 3/8" liquid tubing

Remember, for condensers with a liquid valve connection lessthan 3/8" diameter, 3/8" liquid tubing is required for a line setlonger than 25 feet.

Page 67: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

67

Follow the charging procedures in the outdoor unit I/O manualto ensure proper superheat and sub-cooling levels, espe-cially on a system with a TXV installed in the indoor unit. Heatpumps should be checked in both heating and cooling modefor proper charge level. This guideline is meant to provideinstallation instructions based on most common long line setapplications. Installation variables may affect system opera-tion.NO ADDITIONAL COMPRESSOR OIL IS NEEDED FOR

LONG LINE SET APPLICATIONSON RESIDENTIAL SPLIT SYSTEMS.

S-122 REVERSING VALVE REPLACEMENTRemove the refrigerant charge from the system.When brazing a reversing valve into the system, it is ofextreme importance that the temperature of the valve doesnot exceed 250° F. at any time.Wrap the reversing valve with a large rag saturated with water."Re-wet" the rag and thoroughly cool the valve after eachbrazing operation of the four joints involved. The wet ragaround the reversing valve will eliminate conducting of heat tothe valve body when brazing the line connection.The use of a wet rag sometimes can be a nuisance. There arecommercial grades of heat absorbing paste that may besubstituted.After the valve has been installed leak test, evacuate andrecharge.

S-202 DUCT STATIC PRESSURES AND/ORSTATIC PRESSURE DROP ACROSS COILS

This minimum and maximum allowable duct static pressurefor the indoor sections are found in the specifications section.Tables are also provided for each coil, listing quantity of air(CFM) versus static pressure drop across the coil.Too great an external static pressure will result in insufficientair that can cause icing of the coil. Too much air can causepoor humidity control and condensate to be pulled off theevaporator coil causing condensate leakage. Too much aircan also cause motor overloading and in many cases thisconstitutes a poorly designed system.

S-203 AIR HANDLER EXTERNAL STATICTo determine proper air movement, proceed as follows:1. Using a draft gauge (inclined manometer), measure the

static pressure of the return duct at the inlet of the unit,(Negative Pressure).

2. Measure the static pressure of the supply duct, (PositivePressure).

3. Add the two readings together.

TOTAL EXTERNAL STATIC

NOTE: Both readings may be taken simultaneously and readdirectly on the manometer if so desired.4. Consult proper table for quantity of air.If external static pressure is being measured on a furnace todetermine airflow, supply static must be taken between the"A" coil and the furnace.

Air Flow

TOTAL EXTERNAL STATIC

Page 68: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

SERVICING

68

S-204 COIL STATIC PRESSURE DROP1. Using a draft gauge (inclined manometer), connect the

positive probe underneath the coil and the negative probeabove the coil.

2. A direct reading can be taken of the static pressure dropacross the coil.

3. Consult proper table for quantity of air.

STATIC PRESSURE DROP

If the total external static pressure and/or static pressuredrop exceeds the maximum or minimum allowable statics,check for closed dampers, dirty filters, undersized or poorlylaid out duct work.

Page 69: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS

69

HIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.

+5VDC

24VAC

G

POWER SUPPLYINPUT

POWER SUPPLY COMMONOUT TO HP CONTROL

P3-1

6.8K

P3-7

Y-HP

P1-6

P1-4

COMPRESSOR OUTPUT

P1-7

O

POWER SUPPLY OUTTO THERMOSTAT

24VAC

Q2

K3

W1

POWER SUPPLY INPUT(COMMON)

+VDC

E/W1

Y

P2-8

CALL FORREVERSING VALVE

P3-5

C

C

BLOWER FAN DEMANDOUTPUT

P3-3

P1-8

Y-STATY-FURN

C

P3-2

P1-1

P3-8

REVERSING VALVEOUTPUT

BREAK FOR ODT

FURNACE DEMANDOUTPUT

P1-3

R

24VAC

K4

HP CALL FOR FURNACE(DURING DEFROST)

W2

Y2-STATY2-FURN

CALL FORCOMPRESSOR

P2-7

P3-6

+VDC

Y2

O

REVERSINGVALVE OUTPUT

Q1

Y

P2-4

K1

OT-NO

Y

P2-9

CALL FOR 2ND STAGECOMPRESSOR

Y2

1.0K

G-FURN

P2-1

C

OT-C

C

SECOND STAGECOMPRESSOR OUTPUT

G

CALL FOREMERGENCY HEAT

W1-FURNW2-HP

F1 3A

OT-NC

24VAC

2ND STAGE COMPRESSORDEMAND OUTPUT

W1

CALL FORFURNACE HEAT

6.8K

G-STAT

+VDC

P3-4

FURNACE

P2-6

K2

ODT (OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT)

Y

R

SECOND STAGE FURNACEDEMAND OUTPUT

MICROPROCESSOR

Y2-HP

P1-5

CALL FOR 2ND STAGEFURNACE HEAT

O

W2

CALL FORBLOWER FAN

THERMOSTAT

P2-5

12

R

Y2

POWERSUPPLY

COMPRESSORCONTACTOR OUTPUT

O

HEAT

PUMP

P2-3

+5VDC

W2

P3-9

P2-2

E

POWER SUPPLY COMMONOUT TO THERMOSTAT

POWER SUPPLY OUTTO HP CONTROL

C

P1-2

ALL FUEL SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD - AFE18-60AThis wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.

Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.(For use with Heat Pumps in conjunction with 80% or 90% Single-Stage or Two-Stage Furnaces)

ALL FUEL SYSTEM AFE 18-60A CONTROL BOARD

Page 70: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

70

ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMSHIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.

EMERGENCYHEAT

RELAY

13

42

BLUE

WHITE

BLACK

BROWN

THERMOSTAT

OT/EHR18-60

21

From Air Handler

C G W2 R

C R W2 O Y

From Outdoor Unit

C

G

W2

E

R

O

Y

Indo

or T

herm

osta

t

BLUE

GREEN

WHITERED

BLUERED

WHITE

ORANGE

YELLOW

10kw and Below, One Stage Electric Heat

RED

EMERGENCYHEAT

RELAY

1 42

BLUE

WHITE

BLACK

BROWN

THERMOSTAT

OT/EHR18-60

21

From Air Handler

C G W2 R

C R W2 O Y

From Outdoor Unit

C

G

W2

E

R

O

Y

Indo

or T

herm

osta

t

W3BLU

E

GREEN

WHITE

REDBROW

N

BLUERED

WHITE

ORANGE

YELLOW

15kw and Above, Two Stage Electric Heat

3

RED

SEE NOTE

Note:When using a Thermostat with only onestage for electric heat (W2), tie white andbrown wires from air handler together.

Typical Wiring Schematics for OT/EHR18-60 (Outdoor Thermostat & Emergency Heat Relay).This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.

Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.

Page 71: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS

71

HIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.

EMERGENCYHEAT

RELAY

13

42

BLUE

WHITE

BLACK

BROWN

THERMOSTAT

OT/EHR18-60 #2

21

From Air Handler

C G W2 R

C R W2 O Y

From Outdoor Unit

C

G

W2

E

R

O

Y

Indo

or T

herm

osta

t

W3

W3

BLUE

GREEN

WHITERED

BROWN

BLUERED

WHITE

ORANGE

YELLOW

15kw and Above with Two OT/EHR18-60's, Two Stage Electric Heat and Two Stage Thermostat

HEATRELAY

EMERGENCY THERMOSTAT

1 4

3 2

12

BROWN

BLACK

WHITE

BLUE

OT/EHR18-60 #1

RED

RED

Typical Wiring Schematics for OT/EHR18-60 (Outdoor Thermostat & Emergency Heat Relay).This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.

Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.

Page 72: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

72

ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMSHIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.

Typical Wiring Schematic ADPF, ARPF, ARUF with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.

Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.

BK

BL

BK

L1 L2

BK

BK

HTR1TLHTR2

RD

9

8

7

R

WH

BLPU

TL

BK

5

6

3

4

BK

RD

1

2

WH

BK

L2L1

BK

RD

RD

RD

BK

R

HTR1 TL

L1

BK

6

8

9

7

2RD

PU

4

5

3

BK

RD

1

BK

L2 L1 L2

RD

YL

M1

M2

BK

RD

YL

RD

R1M4

RDBK

M3

HTR3 TL

HTR2

HTR1 TL

TL

PU

M2

R2

YL

M1

BL

WH

BR

BLRD

BK

RD

BK

TLHTR1

BK

HTR4

HTR3

HTR2

BKRD

9

7

8

L2L1 L1 L2

2

5

6

3

4

1

RD

M1YL

BK

M2

BL

WH 6

BL

RDBK

YL8

9

7

M6

M5M3

R1

M4

RDPU

M7

R2

M8

BL

TL

TL

TL

YL

BL

RD

BK

RDBL

BR

4

5

3

2

BK 1

ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS

FL

M1

M2

FL

FL

M1

M2

M3

M4

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE

SPEEDUP

COPPERPOWER SUPPLY

(SEE RATING PLATE)USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE

EQUIPMENT GROUND

BL BL

NOTE3

SEERD

M1

BR

BRRC

EM

RD

BL

RD

BK

PU

WH

EBTDR

SR

BL

G

RDXFMR-RXFMR-C

C

R

RDGR

2NOTESEE

BL RD GR WH BR

5

NO

COM

NC

K1

K1

PU

PU

BK

RDC

BK

BR

PLF

BK

1

RD PU

2 3

240

24V 4

1 2 3

TR

RD

SEENOTE

BL BR

4 5

WH

6 7

4

8 9

PLM

GRD

1

BK

2 3

RD

L2L1

4 5 6 7 8 9

0140M00037-B

4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.

PLMPLFTR

FACTORY WIRING

FIELD WIRING

1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.2) See composite wiring diagrams in installation instructions

for proper low voltage wiring connections.

Notes:DELAY RELAY

STRAIN RELIEF

EVAPORATOR MOTOR

ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME

RUN CAPACITORSR

EM

EBTDR

RC

BKRD

BLYL

BLUE

BLACKREDYELLOW

COMPONENT

CODE

BROWNPURPLEGREEN

PUBR

GR

FEMALE PLUG CONNECTORMALE PLUG CONNECTOR

NOTE 2

TRANSFORMER

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE

PLF3 2

COLOR

CODE

RD

TR

WH

6

BR

5 PLF4

4 24V 5

SEE NOTE 11 2 3

RC

LO

EM

GR

WIRING

CODE

BL

EBTDR

HI COM

NCM1

EBTDR

NO

208/240 VOLTS

1

1

PLF

PLM

L1

PLM 2

L2

(M2)

PU

RC

(COM) BK

BL MEDIUM

3 SPEEDBR

HIGH

EM

(M1) RD LOW

IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRESSUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THENATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.

M2

PU

(TR 1)

M2

R GCEBTDR

SEE NOTE 1

5)

FL FUSE LINKTL THERMAL LIMIT

HTR HEAT ELEMENTS

SEE NOTE 5

R RELAY

TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWNFOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY

THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING(SELECT MODELS ONLY)

SEE NOTE 3

EBTDR has a 7 second on delay when "G" is energized and a 65 second offdelay when "G" is de-energized.

3) Confirm speed tap selected is appropriate for application. If speed tap needsto be changed, connect appropriate motor wire (Red for low, Blue for medium,and Black for high speed) on "COM" connection of the EBTDR.Inactive motor wires should be connected to "M1 or M2" on EBTDR.

MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.

NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER

WHITEWH

USE COPPER WIRE

Page 73: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS

73

HIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.

COMXFMR-CXFMR-R

SPEEDUP

CNC

M1

K1

R

G

NOK1

USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIREEQUIPMENT GROUND

3 5

2

1 4

TR

PC

PU

L1 L2

BLW BR

SR

PKG

W

BR

BL

PU

R

BK

R

R

R

BK

BLBL

R

208/240 24V

BL

R

M6

M5RS2

W

BR

BL

BL

L1 L2

BK

BK

R

R

Y

Y

Y

M8

M7

BL

BL

BL

EBTDR

HTR2

FL HTR3 TL

FL HTR4 TL

8

9

7

6

5

4

3

1

2

Typical Wiring Schematic MBR Blower with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.

Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.

EQUIPMENT GROUNDUSE COPPER WIRE

Page 74: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

74

ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMSHIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.

NO

MARK

INDICATES

NO

HEAT KIT INSTALLED

AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED

BK

BK

BL

IF REPLAC EM ENT OF THE ORIGINAL W IR ES SU PPLIED W ITH THIS ASSEM BLY IS N EC ESSAR Y, U SE 105°C . W IRE. SIZE TO CONFO RM T O T HE NATIONA L ELECTRI C C ODE.

FIELD CON NEC TION

* SEE NOTE 7LOW VOLTAGE

DS1

C OPPER

(SEE RATIN G PLATE)POW ER SUPPLY

C ONTR OLS SHOW N WITH U TILIT IES IN "ON" POSITION AND TH ERM OSTAT IN "O FF" POSIT ION .

PN. B1368270 RE

V. A

J1

BOX

THER

MO

STATS

W2

HEA

TER

W CR

J3J2

BR

RBL

Y/Y2

24 VAC

Y1

RPU

HUM

IDIS

TAT

HU

MR

Y1

G

YG

U SE COPPER W IR EEQUIPM EN T GRO UN D

RBL

WBR

W 1TH ERM OSTAT

YC

ON

CON

DENS

ER

COM

W2

OE

DW

1

OU

TDO

OR

HE

ATPUM

P

W/W

2

R

W

BL

OTC

OT1

CO

T2O

E\W1

BR

BLY

BLY

YCO N

TOC ONDEN SER

C

PL2 31 2

BR

BK

PL1PUW BL

BR RY

G

Y1CW 2 R

TO

Y/Y2G

1

R

2 3

BK

L1 L2

BK

BK

HTR1TLHTR2

R

9

8

7

R

W

BLPU

TL

BK

5

6

3

4

BK

R

1

2

W

BK

L2L1

BK

R

R

R

BK

R

HTR1 TL

0140A00000P

EM

2

24 VOLT

O

SEE NOT E 2

C OLOR C ODE

PRO GRAM JU MPER

7. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGECONNECTIONS AND DETAILS ON COMPATIBLE THERMOSTATS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS.

3. FOR OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT OPERATION OF SECOND STAGE HEAT, CUT PJ2 & ADD OT18-60 TO OTC & OT2.2. FOR TWO STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT APPLICATIONS CUT PJ4. (USE ONLY ON 15 & 20 KW MODELS).

4. FOR SINGLE STAGE COOLING APPLICATIONS CONNECT THERMOSTAT TO Y/Y2 ONLY, TAPE OR REMOVE Y1 CONNECTION. CONNECT CONDENSING UNIT TO YCON & C.

6. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.

1. FOR HEAT PUMP APPLICATIONS REMOVE ORANGE JUMPER WIRE BETWEEN O & Y1.

EVAPORATOR M OTOR

5. WHEN HUMIDSTAT IS PROVIDED CUT PJ6. THERMOSTAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE.

NOTES:

EM

BK

R

G

PJ2,PJ 4,PJ6

SEE N OTE 3

BLAC KBK

PLEM

YR

BL

PLUG

R EDYELLOWBLUE

W W HITE

BL

4 5 6 7 8 9

W

R

R

BL

C OM3

BL

5

TR240

2208

1

24V

4

R

4 5 67 8 9

SEE N OTE 5

HUMR

PJ6

2OT

1OT

PJ2

W 2

OTC

5 PL2

TR

4

PL2 2

1

PL1 2

FAC TORY W IRIN G

WIRIN G COD E

FIELD W IRIN G

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VO LTAGE

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VO LTAGE

TER MINAL BOARDVAR IABLE SPEED TR ANSF ORMERVSTB T R

C OMPON ENT C ODE

PU PUR PLE

PIN KORANGEBROW NBR

PK0

GR EENG

SEE N OTE 1

N OTE DIOD EON VSTB

*SEE N OTE 7

W 1

W 1

6

W 2W E

PJ4

5

DIODEIN4005

Y1 Y Y2

YCO N

PL2

208/240 VOLTS

3

TO LOW VOLTAGETER MINAL BOARD

G C

N OTE 4SEE

4 PL2

1 PL2

1 PL1

L1

BK

6

8

9

7

2

RPU

4

5

3

BK

R

1

BK

L2 L1 L2

R

Y

M1

M2

BK

R

Y

R

R1M4

RBK

M3

HTR3 TL

HTR2

HTR1 TL

TL

PU

M2

R2

Y

M1

BL

W

BR

BLR

BK

R

BK

TLHTR1

BK

HTR4

HTR3

HTR2

BKR

9

7

8

L2L1 L1 L2

2

5

6

3

4

1

R

M1Y

BK

M2

BL

W 6

BL

RBK

Y8

9

7

M6

M5M3

R1

M4

RPU

M7

R2

M8

BL

TL

TL

TL

Y

BL

R

BK

RBL

BR

4

5

3

2

BK 1

OT2

HUM

W1

OT1

W2

PJ2

PJ6

PJ4

SEE N OTE 8

8. DISCARD ORIGINAL "PL1" PLUG CONNECTOR WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT.

R ELAY

TH ERM AL LIMIT

RH EAT ELEMEN TH TR

TL

ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS

OW 2

BRO

OBR

R

R

O

O

FL FU SE LI NK

FL

M1

M2

FL

FL

M1

M2

M3

M4

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

Typical Wiring Schematic AEPF with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.

Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.

Page 75: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS

75

HIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.

Blower Section

BK

VSTB

DS1

PN. B1368270 REV. A

J1

THERMOSTATS

W2

HEATER

W

C R

J3

J2

BR

RBL

Y/Y2

24 VACY1

O

R YHUMIDISTAT

HUMR Y1 G

PKG

R BL

WBR

W1TH

ERM

OST

AT

YCON

CONDENSER

COM W2O ED W1

OUTDOOR

HEATPUMP

W/W2

R

W BL

OTC OT1 COT2OE\W1

BR

BLY

BL

Y

YCO

NTOC

ON

DEN

SER

C

PL2

31

2

BR

YW

BL

BRR

PK

G

Y1C

W2

RTO

Y/Y

2G

EM

BK

R

G

BL

45

67

89

W

R

R

BL

CO

M

BL

5

TR24

0 220

81

24V

4

R

OT2

HUM

W1OT1

W2

PJ2

PJ6

PJ4

OW

2

BR

O

O BRRR

OO

3

HKR Heat Kit

BK

BL

TLHTR2

W

BK

L2L1

BK

R

R

R

BK

1

0

68

4 2

HTR1 TL

R

BR

PU

BK

R PL 1

R

68

97

24

53

1

Typical Wiring Schematic MBE Blower with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only.

Not all wiring is as shown above.Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.

Page 76: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

76

ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMSHIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.

BK

BL

BK

L1 L2

BK

BK

HTR1TLHTR2

RD

9

8

7

R

WH

BLPU

TL

BK

5

6

3

4

BK

RD

1

2

WH

BK

L2L1

BK

RD

RD

RD

BK

R

HTR1 TL

L1

BK

6

8

9

7

2

RD

PU

4

5

3

BK

RD

1

BK

L2 L1 L2

RD

YL

M1

M2

BK

RD

YL

RD

R1M4

RDBK

M3

HTR3 TL

HTR2

HTR1 TL

TL

PU

M2

R2

YL

M1

BL

WH

BR

BLRD

BK

RD

BK

TLHTR1

BK

HTR4

HTR3

HTR2

BKRD

9

7

8

L2L1 L1 L2

2

5

6

3

4

1

RD

M1YL

BK

M2

BL

WH 6

BL

RDBK

YL8

9

7

M6

M5M3

R1

M4

RDPU

M7

R2

M8

BL

TL

TL

TL

YL

BL

RD

BK

RDBL

BR

4

5

3

2

BK 1

ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS

FL

M1

M2

FL

FL

M1

M2

M3

M4

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE

COPPERPOWER SUPPLY

(SEE RATING PLATE)USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE

EQUIPMENT GROUND

BL

EM

YL

BL

5

BK

C

BK

PLF

BK

1

RD

2 3

240

24V 4

1 2 3

TR

RD

SEENOTE 4

BL BR

4 5

WH

6 7 89

PLM

GRD

1

BK

2 3

RD

L2L1

4 5 6 7 8 9

0140A00034-C

4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.

PLMPLFTR

FACTORY WIRING

FIELD WIRING

1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.2) See composite wiring diagrams in installation instructions

for proper low voltage wiring connections.

Notes:DELAY RELAY

RELAY

EVAPORATOR MOTOR

ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME

TERMINAL BOARD R

EM

EBTDR

TB

BKRD

BLYL

BLUE

BLACKREDYELLOW

COMPONENT CODE

BROWNPURPLEGREEN

PUBR

GR

FEMALE PLUG CONNECTORMALE PLUG CONNECTOR

TRANSFORMER

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE

PLF 2

COLOR CODE

TR

6 5 PLF4

4 24V 5

SEE NOTE 11 2 3

EM

WIRING CODE

208/240 VOLTS

1

1

PLF

PLM

L1

PLM 2

L2

IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRESSUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THENATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.

SEE NOTE 1

FL FUSE LINKTL THERMAL LIMIT

HTR HEAT ELEMENTS

CR CONTROL RELAY

TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWNFOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY

3) Confirm speed tap selected is appropriate for application. If speed tap needsto be changed, connect red wire from terminal 4 of CR relay to appropriate tapat TB

MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.

NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEAT ER

WHITEWH

A B

17

4

CR

SEE NOTE 2

21 43 5

NC GL

RD

RD

BL

BL

BL

BL

BR

WH

BL

RD

RD

GR

RD

RD

BL

GR

RD

RD

RD

BL

BKRD

SEENOTE 3

C L G N

W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5

B A

1

C

EM2

43

5

7 4CR

W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5

RD PU

BR

WH

OR

COM

R

NC

NO

UP

C

K1

SPEED

K1

M1

XFMR-C

EBTDR

XFMR-R

G

M2

COM

R

NC

NO

UP

C

K1

SPEED

K1

M1

XFMR-C

EBTDR

XFMR-R

G

M2

Typical Wiring Schematic ASPF****16A* with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.

Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.

USE COPPER WIRE

Page 77: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS

77

HIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.

Typical Wiring Schematic ASPF****16B* with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.

Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.

EQUIPMENT GROUNDUSE COPPER WIRE

COPPER POWER SUPPLY(SEE RATING PLATE)

USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE

Page 78: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

78

ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMSHIGH VOLTAGE!DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THISUNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TODO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.

Typical Wiring Schematic ASPF****16** with Electric Heat.This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.

Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.

BK

BL

BK

L1 L2

BK

BK

HTR1

TLHTR1

RD

9

8

7

R

WH

BL

PU

TL

BK

5

6

3

4

PLM

BK

RD

1

2

WH

RD

L2L1

BK

BK

RD

BK

RD

R

HTR2TL

L1

BK

6

8

9

7

2

RD

PU

4

5

3

BKRD 1

PLM

BK

L2 L1 L2

RD

YL

M1

M2

BK

RD

YL

RD

R1

M4

RD

BK

M3

HTR3TL

HTR2

HTR1TL

TL

PU

M2

R2

YL

M1

BL

WH

BR

BL

RD

BK

RD

BK

TLHTR1

BK

HTR4

HTR3

HTR2

BKRD

9

7

8

L2L1 L1 L2

2

5

6

3

4

PLM

1

RD

M1YL

BK

M2

BL

WH 6

BL

RD

BK

YL8

9

7

M6

M5M3

R1

M4

RD

PU

M7

R2

M8

BL

TL

TL

TL

YL

BL

RD

BK

RD

BL

BR

4

5

3

2

BK

PLM

1

ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS

FL

M1

M2

FL

FL

M1

M2

M3

M4

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

USE COPPER WIRE

COPPER POWER SUPPLY

(USE RATING PLATE)

USE MIN. 75° C FIELD WIRE

EQUIPMENT GROUND

BL

EM

YL

BL

5

BK

C

BK

PLF

BK

1

RD

2 3

240

24V 4

1 2 3

TR

RD

BL BR

4 5

WH

6 7 8 9

PLM

GRD

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0140A00040-D

PLM

PLFTR

FACTORY WIRING

FIELD WIRING

NOTES:

1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL

"2" FOR 280 VOLTS.

2) SEE COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW

VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.

3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTION IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED TAP

NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT PURPLE WIRE FROM TERMINAL 4 OF CR RELAY TO

APPROPRIATE TAP AT TB

4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED FOR HEAT KITS ONLY.

DELAY RELAY

RELAY

EVAPORATOR MOTOR

ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME

TERMINAL BOARD

R

EM

EBTDR

TB

BKRD

BLYL

BLUE

BLACKREDYELLOW

COMPONENT CODE

BROWNPURPLEGREEN

PUBR

GR

FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR

MALE PLUG CONNECTOR

TRANSFORMER

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE

PLF 2

COLOR CODE

TR

6 5 PLF4

4 24V 5

1 2 3

EM

WIRING CODE

208/240 VOLTS

1

1

PLF

PLM

L1

PLM 2

L2

IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES

SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,

USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE NATIONAL

ELECTRIC CODE.

FL FUSE LINKTL THERMAL LIMIT

HTR HEAT ELEMENTS

CR CONTROL RELAY

MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.

NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER

WHITEWH

1 3

52

4

CR

SEE NOTE 2

21 43 5

NC GL

RD

PU

BL

BR

WH

BL

RD

GR

RD

BL

RD

BKRD

L G N

W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5

3 1

1

C

EM2

43

5

2 4

CR

W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5

RD

PU

BR

WH

OR

WH

WH

BL

GR

SEENOTE 3

RD

BL

FUSEHOLDER

FU

SE

HO

LD

ER

5

L2L1

SEE NOTE 1

SEE NOTE 4

SEE NOTE 1

EQUIPMENT GROUNDUSE COPPER WIRE

COPPER POWER SUPPLY(SEE RATING PLATE)

USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE

Page 79: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

79

AIRHANDLERS

Page 80: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

80

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

ACNF

Page 81: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

81Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

ADPF, ARPF, ARUF, ATUF

EQUIPMENT GROUNDUSE COPPER WIRE

BK

BL

BK

L1 L2

BK

BK

HTR1TLHTR2

RD

9

8

7

R

WH

BLPU

TL

BK

5

6

3

4

BK

RD

1

2

WH

BK

L2L1

BK

RD

RD

RD

BK

R

HTR1 TL

L1

BK

6

8

9

7

2

RDPU

4

5

3

BK

RD

1

BK

L2 L1 L2

RD

YL

M1

M2

BK

RD

YL

RD

R1M4

RDBK

M3

HTR3 TL

HTR2

HTR1 TL

TL

PU

M2

R2

YL

M1

BL

WH

BR

BLRD

BK

RD

BK

TLHTR1

BK

HTR4

HTR3

HTR2

BKRD

9

7

8

L2L1 L1 L2

2

5

6

3

4

1

RD

M1YL

BK

M2

BL

WH 6

BL

RDBK

YL8

9

7

M6

M5M3

R1

M4

RDPU

M7

R2

M8

BL

TL

TL

TL

YL

BL

RD

BK

RDBL

BR

4

5

3

2

BK 1

ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS

FL

M1

M2

FL

FL

M1

M2

M3

M4

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE

SPEEDUP

COPPER OR ALUMINUMPOWER SUPPLY

(SEE RATING PLATE)USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE

EQUIPMENT GROUND

BL BL

NOTE3

SEERD

M1

BR

BRRC

EM

RD

BL

RD

BK

PU

WH

EBTDR

SR

BL

G

RDXFMR-RXFMR-C

C

R

RDGR

2NOTESEE

BL RD GR WH BR

5

NO

COM

NC

K1

K1

PU

PU

BK

RDC

BK

BR

PLF

BK

1

RD PU

2 3

240

24V 4

1 2 3

TR

RD

SEENOTE

BL BR

4 5

WH

6 7

4

8 9

PLM

GRD

1

BK

2 3

RD

L2L1

4 5 6 7 8 9

0140M00037

4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.

PLMPLFTR

FACTORY WIRING

FIELD WIRING

1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.2) See composite wiring diagrams in installation instructions

for proper low voltage wiring connections.

Notes:DELAY RELAY

STRAIN RELIEF

EVAPORATOR MOTOR

ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME

RUN CAPACITORSR

EM

EBTDR

RC

BKRD

BLYL

BLUE

BLACKREDYELLOW

COMPONENT CODE

BROWNPURPLEGREEN

PUBR

GR

FEMALE PLUG CONNECTORMALE PLUG CONNECTOR

NOTE 2

TRANSFORMER

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE

PLF3 2

COLOR CODE

RD

TR

WH

6

BR

5 PLF4

4 24V 5

SEE NOTE 11 2 3

RC

LO

EM

GR

WIRING CODE

BL

EBTDR

HI COM

NCM1

EBTDR

NO

208/240 VOLTS

1

1

PLF

PLM

L1

PLM 2

L2

(M2)

PU

RC

(COM) BK

BL MEDIUM

3 SPEEDBR

HIGH

EM

(M1) RD LOW

IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRESSUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THENATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.

M2

PU

(TR 1)

M2

R GCEBTDR

SEE NOTE 1

5)

FL FUSE LINKTL THERMAL LIMIT

HTR HEAT ELEMENTS

SEE NOTE 5

R RELAY

TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWNFOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY

THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING(SELECT MODELS ONLY)

SEE NOTE 3

EBTDR has a 7 second on delay when "G" is energized and a 65 second offdelay when "G" is de-energized.

3) Confirm speed tap selected is appropriate for application. If speed tap needsto be changed, connect appropriate motor wire (Red for low, Blue for medium,and Black for high speed) on "COM" connection of the EBTDR.Inactive motor wires should be connected to "M1 or M2" on EBTDR.

MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.

NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEAT ER

WHITEWH

COPPER POWER SUPPLY(SEE RATING PLATE)

USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE

Page 82: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

82

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

ADPF, ARPF, ARUF, ATUF

NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER

BK

L1 L2

BK

BK

HTR1

RD

9

8

7

R

WH

BLPU

TL

BK

5

6

3

4

BK

RD

1

2

ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS

FL

M1

M2

SPEEDUP

COPPER POWER SUPPLY(SEE RATING PLATE)

BL

BK

M1

WH

EBTDR

SR

BL

G

RDXFMR-RXFMR-C

C

R

RDGR

SEE NOTE 2

BL RD GR WH BR

COMK1

K1

BR

IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRESSUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARYUSE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THENATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.

M2

SEE NOTE 5

TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWNFOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY

THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING(SELECT MODELS ONLY)

SEE NOTE 3

MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.

USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE

WH

BR

BK

BL

TLHTR2

WH

BK

L2L1

BK

RD

RD

RD

BK

R

HTR1 TL

L1

BK

6

8

9

7

2

RD

PU

4

5

3

BK

RD

1

BK

L2 L 1 L2

RD

YL

M1

M2

BK

RD

YL

RD

R1M4

RDBK

M3

HTR3 TL

HTR2

HTR1 TL

TL

PU

M2

R2

YL

M1

BL

WH

BR

BLRD

BK

RD

BK

TLHTR1

BK

HTR4

HTR3

HTR2

BK RD

9

7

8

L2L1 L1 L2

2

5

6

3

4

1

RD

M1YL

BK

M2

BL

W H 6

BL

RDBK

YL8

9

7

M6

M5M3

R1

M4

RDPU

M7

R2M8

BL

TL

TL

TL

YL

BL

RD

BK

RDBL

BR

4

5

3

2

BK 1

TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS

FL

FL

M1

M2

M3

M4

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

USE COPPER WIREEQUIPMENT GROUND

BL

SEENOTE 3

BR

BRRC

EM

RD

BL

BK

RDPU

5

NO

NC

PU

PU

RD

RDC

BK

PLF

BK

1

RD PU

2 3

240

24V 4

1 2 3

TR

RD

SEENOTE 4

BL BR

4 5

WH

6 7 8 9

PLM

GRD

1

BK

2 3

RD

L2L1

4 5 6 7 8 9

0140M00170-E

PLMPLFTR

FACTORY WIRING

FIELD WIRING

NOTES:DELAY RELAY

STRAIN RELIEF

EVAPORATOR MOTOR

ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME

RUN CAPACITORSR

EM

EBTDR

RC

BKRD

BLYL

BLUE

BLACKREDYELLOW

COMPONENT CODE

BROWNPURPLEGREEN

PUBR

GR

FEMALE PLUG CONNECTORMALE PLUG CONNECTOR

TRANSFORMER

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE

PLF3 2

COLOR CODE

RD

TR

WH

6

BR

5 PLF4

4 24V 5

SEE NOTE 11 2 3

RC

HI

EM

GR

WIRING CODE

BL

EBTDR

LO COM

NCM1

EBTDR

NO

208/240 VOLTS

1

1

PLF

PLM

L1

PLM 2

L2

(M2)

PU

RC

(M1) BK

BL MEDIUM

3 SPEEDBR

HIGH

EM

(COM) RD LOW

PU

(TR 1)

M2

R GCEBTDR

SEE NOTE 1

FL FUSE LINKTL THERMAL LIMIT

HTR HEAT ELEMENTS

R RELAY

WHITEWH

1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS2) SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT APPROPRIATE MOTOR WIRE (RED FOR LOW, BLUE FOR MEDIUM,AND BLACK FOR HIGH SPEED) ON "COM" CONNECTION OF THE EBTDR INACTIVE MOTOR WIRES SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO "M1 OR M2" ON EBTDR.4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED WITH HEAT KITS ONLY.5) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY WHEN "G" IS ENERGIZED AND A 65 SECOND OFF DELAY WHEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED.

BK RD PUSEE

NOTE 4

BL BR WH

SEE NOTE 11 2 3

RC

HI

EM

LO COM

NCM1

EBTDR

NO

M2

Page 83: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

83Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

AEPF

NO

MARK

INDICATES

NO

HEAT KIT INSTALLED

AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED

BK

BK

BL

IF REPLAC EMENT OF THE ORIGINAL W IR ES SU PPLIED W ITH THIS ASSEM BLY IS N EC ESSAR Y, U SE 105°C . W IRE. SIZE TO CONFO RM TO T HE NATIONA L ELECT RI C C ODE.

FIELD CON NEC TION

* SEE NOTE 7LOW VOLTAGE

DS1

C OPPER

(SEE RATING PLATE)POW ER SUPPLY

CONTROLS SHOW N W ITH U TILIT IES IN "ON" POSITION AND TH ERM OSTAT IN "O FF" POSIT ION .

PN. B

13682

70 RE

V. A

J1

BOX

TH

ERM

OS

TATS

W2

HE

ATER

W CR

J3J2

BR

RBL

Y/Y2

24 V

ACY

1

RPU

HUM

IDIS

TAT

HU

MR

Y1

G

YG

U SE COPPER W IR EEQUIPM EN T GRO UN D

RBL

WBR

W 1THERMOSTAT

YC

ON

CON

DE

NSE

R

COM

W2

OE

DW

1

OU

TDO

OR

HEAT

PU

MP

W/W

2

R

W

BL

OT

CO

T1

CO

T2O

E\W1

BR

BLY

BLY

YCO N

TOC ONDEN SER

C

PL2 31 2

BR

BK

PL1PUW BL

BR RY

G

Y1CW2 R

TO

Y/Y2G

1

R

2 3

BK

L1 L2

BK

BK

HTR1TLHTR2

R

9

8

7

R

W

BLPU

TL

BK

5

6

3

4

BK

R

1

2

W

BK

L2L1

BK

R

R

R

BK

R

HTR1 TL

0140A00000P

EM

2

24 VOLT

O

SEE NOT E 2

COLOR C ODE

PRO GRAM JUMPER

7. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGECONNECTIONS AND DETAILS ON COMPATIBLE THERMOSTATS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS.

3. FOR OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT OPERATION OF SECOND STAGE HEAT, CUT PJ2 & ADD OT18-60 TO OTC & OT2.2. FOR TWO STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT APPLICATIONS CUT PJ4. (USE ONLY ON 15 & 20 KW MODELS).

4. FOR SINGLE STAGE COOLING APPLICATIONS CONNECT THERMOSTAT TO Y/Y2 ONLY, TAPE OR REMOVE Y1 CONNECTION. CONNECT CONDENSING UNIT TO YCON & C.

6. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.

1. FOR HEAT PUMP APPLICATIONS REMOVE ORANGE JUMPER WIRE BETWEEN O & Y1.

EVAPORATOR M OTOR

5. WHEN HUMIDSTAT IS PROVIDED CUT PJ6. THERMOSTAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE.

NOTES:

EM

BK

R

G

PJ2,PJ 4,PJ6

SEE NOTE 3

BLAC KBK

PLEM

YR

BL

PLUG

R EDYELLOWBLUE

W W HITE

BL

4 5 6 7 8 9

W

R

R

BL

C OM3

BL

5

TR240

2208

1

24V

4

R

4 5 67 8 9

SEE N OTE 5

HUMR

PJ6

2OT

1OT

PJ2

W 2

OTC

5 PL2

TR

4

PL2 2

1

PL1 2

FAC TORY WIRING

W IRIN G COD E

FIELD W IRIN G

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VO LTAGE

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VO LTAGE

TER MINAL BOARDVAR IABLE SPEED TR ANSF ORMERVSTB T R

C OMPONENT CODE

PU PUR PLE

PINKORANGEBROW NBR

PK0

GREENG

SEE NOTE 1

N OTE DIOD EON VSTB

*SEE NOTE 7

W 1

W1

6

W2W E

PJ4

5

DIODEIN4005

Y1 Y Y2

YCO N

PL2

208/240 VOLTS

3

TO LOW VOLTAGETER MINAL BOARD

G C

N OTE 4SEE

4 PL2

1 PL2

1 PL1

L1

BK

6

8

9

7

2

RPU

4

5

3

BK

R

1

BK

L2 L1 L2

R

Y

M1

M2

BK

R

Y

R

R1M4

RBK

M3

HTR3 TL

HTR2

HTR1 TL

TL

PU

M2

R2

Y

M1

BL

W

BR

BLR

BK

R

BK

TLHTR1

BK

HTR4

HTR3

HTR2

BKR

9

7

8

L2L1 L1 L2

2

5

6

3

4

1

R

M1Y

BK

M2

BL

W 6

BL

RBK

Y8

9

7

M6

M5M3

R1

M4

RPU

M7

R2

M8

BL

TL

TL

TL

Y

BL

R

BK

RBL

BR

4

5

3

2

BK 1

OT2

HUM

W1

OT1

W2

PJ2

PJ6

PJ4

SEE N OTE 8

8. DISCARD ORIGINAL "PL1" PLUG CONNECTOR WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT.

R ELAY

TH ERM AL LIMIT

RH EAT ELEMEN TH TR

TL

ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS

OW2

BRO

OBR

R

R

O

O

FL FU SE LI NK

FL

M1

M2

FL

FL

M1

M2

M3

M4

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

Page 84: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

84

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

AEPF******CA

NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED

AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED

BK

RD

BL

FIELD CONNECTION

* SEE NOTE 7LOW VOLTAGE

VS

TB

DS1

COPPER

(SEE RATING PLATE)POWER SUPPLY

CONTROLS SHOWN WITH UTILITIES IN "ON" POSITION AND THERMOSTAT IN "OFF" POSITION.

PN

. B1368270 REV. A

J1

BOX

THER

MO

STATS

W2

HEATE

R

WH CR

J3J2

BR

RDBL

Y/Y

2

24 VACY1

ORDPU

HU

MID

ISTATH

UMR

Y1

G

YLGR

RDBL

WHBR

W1THERMOSTAT

YC

ON

CO

ND

ENSER

CO

MW

2O

ED

W1

OU

TDO

OR

HEATP

UM

P

W/W

2

R

WH

BL

OTC

OT

1C

OT2

OE

\W1

BR

BLYL

BLYL

YCON

TOCONDENSER

C

PL2 31 2

BR

BK

PL1PUWH BL

BR RDYL

GR

Y1CW2 R

TO

Y/Y2G

1

RD

2 3

BK

L1 L2

BK

BK

HTR 1TLHTR 1

RD

9

8

7

R

WH

BL

PU

TL

BK

5

6

3

4

PL 1BK

RD

1

2

WH

RDBK

BK

RD

BK

RD

R

HTR 2 TL

0140A00041-B

EM

2

24 VOLT

O

SEE NOTE 2

COLOR CODE

PROGRAM JUMPER

7. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGECONNECTIONS AND DETAILS ON COMPATIBLE THERMOSTATS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS.

3. FOR OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT OPERATION OF SECOND STAGE HEAT, CUT PJ2 & ADD OT18-60 TO OTC & OT2.2. FOR TWO STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT APPLICATIONS CUT PJ4. (USE ONLY ON 15 & 20 KW MODELS).

4. FOR SINGLE STAGE COOLING APPLICATIONS CONNECT THERMOSTAT TO Y/Y2 ONLY, TAPE OR REMOVE Y1 CONNECTION. CONNECT CONDENSING UNIT TO YCON & C.

6. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.

1. FOR HEAT PUMP APPLICATIONS REMOVE ORANGE JUMPER WIRE BETWEEN O & Y1.

EVAPORATOR MOTOR

5. WHEN HUMIDSTAT IS PROVIDED CUT PJ6. THERMOSTAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE.

NOTES:

EM

BK

RD

GR

PJ2,PJ4,PJ6

SEE NOTE 3

BLACKBK

PLEM

YLRD

BL

PLUG

REDYELLOWBLUE

WH WHITE

BL

4 5 6 7 8 9

WH

RD

RD

BL

COM3

BL

5

TR240

2208

1

24V

4

RD

4 5 6 7 8 9

SEE NOTE 5

HUMR

PJ6

2OT

1OT

PJ2

W2

OTC

5 PL2

TR

4

PL2 2

1

PL1 2

FACTORY WIRING

WIRING CODE

FIELD WIRING

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW VOLTAGE

TERMINAL BOARDVARIABLE SPEED TRANSFORMERVSTB TR

COMPONENT CODE

PU PURPLE

PINKORANGEBROWNBR

PK0R

GREENGR

SEE NOTE 1

NOTE DIODEON VSTB

*SEE NOTE 7

W1

W1

6

W2W E

PJ4

5

DIODEIN4005

Y1 Y Y2

YCON

PL2

208/240 VOLTS

3

TO LOW VOLTAGETERMINAL BOARD

G C

NOTE 4SEE

4 PL2

1 PL2

1 PL1

BK

6

8

9

7

2

RDPU

4

5

3

BK

BK

1

PL 1

BKRD

YL

M1

M2

BK

RD

YL

RD

R1M4

RDBK

M3

HTR 3 TL

HTR 2

HTR 1 TL

TL

PU

M2

R2

YL

M1

BL

WH

BR

BLRD

BK

RD

BK

TLHTR 1

BK

HTR 4

HTR 3

HTR 2

BK RD

9

7

8

2

5

6

3

4

PL 11

RD

M1YL

BK

M2

BL

WH 6

BL

RDBK

YL8

9

7

M6

M5M3

R1

M4

RDPU

M7

R2

M8

BL

TL

TL

TL

YL

BL

RD

BK

RDBL

BR

4

5

3

2

BK

PL 11

OT2

HU

M

W1

OT

1W

2PJ2

PJ6

PJ4

SEE NOTE 8

8. DISCARD ORIGINAL "PL1" PLUG CONNECTOR WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT.

RELAY

THERMAL LIMIT

RHEAT ELEMENTHTR

TL

ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS

O W2

BROR

BR

RD

R

FL FUSE LINK

FL

M1

M2

FL

FL

M1

M2

M3

M4

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

L1 L2

L1L1 L2 L2L1 L2 L2L1

FOR HEATPUMPS ONLY

RD

OR

USE COPPER WIREEQUIPMENT GROUND

USE COPPER WIREEQUIPMENT GROUND

USE COPPER WIREEQUIPMENT GROUND

Page 85: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

85Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

ASPF******AA

BK

BL

BK

L1L2

BK

BK

HTR

1TL

HT

R2

RD

987

R

WH

BLPU

TL

BK

5 63 4

BK

RD

1 2

WH

BK

L2L1

BKRD

RD

RDBK

RHT

R1TL

L1BK

6 8 972

RD

PU

4 53

BK

RD

1

BK

L2L1

L2

RD

YL

M1

M2

BK

RD

YL

RD

R1

M4

RD

BK

M3

HTR

3TL

HTR

2

HTR

1TL TL

PU

M2

R2

YL

M1

BL

WH

BRBLR

D

BK RD

BK

TLH

TR1

BKHTR

4

HTR

3

HTR

2

BKR

D

97 8

L2L1

L1L2

2 5 63 41

RD

M1

YL

BK

M2

BL

WH

6

BL

RD

BK

YL8 97

M6

M5

M3 R

1

M4

RD

PU

M7 R2

M8BL

TL TLTL

YL

BL

RD

BK

RD BL BR

4 532

BK1

ON

E (1

) ELE

MEN

T RO

WS

TWO

(2) E

LEM

ENT

RO

WS

THR

EE

(3) E

LEM

ENT

RO

WS

FOU

R (4

) ELE

MEN

T R

OW

S

FL

M1

M2

FL FL

M1

M2

M3

M4

FL

FL

FL

FL FL FL FL

US

E C

OPP

ER O

R A

LUM

INUM

WIR

E

CO

PPER

OR

ALU

MIN

UM

POW

ER

SU

PPLY

(SEE

RAT

ING

PLA

TE)

USE

MIN

. 75°

C F

IELD

WIR

E

EQU

IPM

ENT

GRO

UND

BL

EM

RD

BL

5

BK

C

BK

PLF

BK1

RD2

3

240

24V

4

12

3

TR

RD

SEE

NO

TE 4

BLB

R

45

WH6

789

PLM

GR

D

1BK

23

RDL2

L1

45

67

89

0140

A00

034

4) B

row

n an

d w

hite

wire

s ar

e us

ed w

ith H

eat K

its o

nly.PL

MPL

FTRFA

CTO

RY

WIR

ING

FIEL

D W

IRIN

G

1) R

ed w

ires

to b

e on

tran

sfor

mer

term

inal

"3"

for 2

40 v

olts

and

on

term

inal

"2" f

or 2

08 v

olts

.2)

See

com

posi

te w

iring

dia

gram

s in

inst

alla

tion

instr

uctio

nsfo

r pro

per l

ow v

olta

ge w

iring

con

nect

ions

.

Not

es:

DE

LAY

REL

AY

REL

AY

EVAP

OR

ATO

R M

OTO

R

ELEC

TRO

NIC

BLO

WER

TIM

E

TER

MIN

AL B

OAR

D REM

EBTD

RTB

BK RD BLYL

BLU

E

BLAC

KR

EDYE

LLO

W

CO

MPO

NEN

T CO

DE

BRO

WN

PUR

PLE

GRE

ENPU BRG

R

FEM

ALE

PLUG

CO

NNE

CTO

RM

ALE

PLU

G C

ON

NEC

TOR

TRAN

SFO

RMER

H

IGH

VO

LTAG

E

LOW

VO

LTAG

E

H

IGH

VO

LTAG

E

LOW

VO

LTAG

E

PLF

2

CO

LOR

CO

DE

TR

65

PLF

4

424

V5

SEE

NOTE

11

23

EM

WIR

ING

CO

DE

208/

240

VO

LTS

11

PLF

PLM

L1

PLM

2L2

IF R

EPLA

CEM

ENT

OF

TH

E O

RIG

INAL

WIR

ES

SU

PPLI

ED

WIT

H T

HIS

ASS

EMBL

Y IS

NEC

ESSA

RY,

U

SE W

IRE

THAT

CO

NFO

RM

S TO

TH

E N

ATIO

NAL

ELE

CTR

IC C

OD

E.

SEE

NO

TE 1

FLFU

SE L

INK

TLTH

ERM

AL L

IMIT

HTR

HE

AT E

LEM

ENT

S

CR

CO

NTR

OL

REL

AY

TER

MIN

AL B

LOCK

SH

OW

NFO

R 5

0HZ

MO

DEL

S O

NLY

3) C

onfir

m s

peed

tap

sele

cted

is a

ppro

pria

te fo

r app

licat

ion.

If sp

eed

tap

need

s to

be

chan

ged,

con

nect

red

wire

from

term

inal

4 o

f CR

rela

y to

app

ropr

iate

tap

at T

B

MAR

K A

CC

OR

DIN

G T

O N

UM

BER

OF

HE

ATER

ELE

ME

NT

RO

WS

INS

TALL

ED. N

O M

ARK

IND

ICAT

ES

NO

HEA

T KI

T IN

STAL

LED

.K

IT C

OM

BIN

ATI

ON

ON

TH

IS U

NIT

'S S

&R

PLA

TE. A

FTER

INST

ALL

ING

OP

TIO

NAL

HEA

T K

IT, M

ARK

AN

"X"

IN T

HE

PR

OV

IDED

AB

OVE

.N

OTE

: WH

EN IN

STA

LLIN

G H

EAT

ER

KIT

, EN

SUR

E S

PE

ED

TA

P D

OE

S N

OT

EXC

EED

MIN

IMU

M B

LOW

ER S

PEE

D (M

BS)

SPE

CIF

IED

FO

R T

HE

AIR

HAN

DLE

R/H

EAT

ER

WH

ITE

WH

AB1

7

4

CR

RC

GW

1W

2Y

2Y1

O

SEE

NOTE

2

21

43

5 NC

GL

41

32

5D

H

XFM

R-C

CR

EBT

DR

XFM

R-R

RD

RD

BL

BL

BL

BL

BR WH

BL

RD

RD

CO

M

NO

NC

GG

R

RD

RD

BL

GR

GR

RD

RD

RD

BL

BKR

D

SEE

NO

TE 3

CL

GN

W2

RW

1C

G4

Y1O

Y21

DH

32

5

BA

NO

NC

GCX

FMR

-C

CO

M

EBT

DR

XFM

R-R

R 1

C

EM2 43 5

74

CR

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

GR

OU

ND

US

E C

OP

PE

R W

IRE

CO

PP

ER

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

(SE

E R

ATI

NG

PLA

TE)

US

E M

IN.

75°C

FIE

LD W

IRE

Page 86: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

86

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

ASPF******BA

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

GR

OU

ND

US

E C

OP

PER

WIR

E

CO

PP

ER

PO

WER

SU

PP

LY(S

EE

RAT

ING

PLA

TE)

Page 87: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

87Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

ASPF******CA

BK

BL

BK

L1 L2

BK

BK

HTR1

TLHTR1

RD

9

8

7

R

WH

BLPU

TL

BK

5

6

3

4

BK

RD

1

2

WH

RD

L2L1

BK

BK

RD

BK

RD

R

HTR2TL

L1

BK

6

8

9

7

2

RD

PU

4

5

3

BKRD 1

BK

L2 L1 L2

RD

YL

M1

M2

BK

RD

YL

RD

R1M4

RDBK

M3

HTR3TL

HTR2

HTR1TL

TL

PU

M2

R2

YL

M1

BL

WH

BR

BLRD

BK

RD

BK

TLHTR1

BK

HTR4

HTR3

HTR2

BKRD

9

7

8

L2L1 L1 L2

2

5

6

3

4

1

RD

M1YL

BK

M2

BL

WH 6

BL

RDBK

YL8

9

7

M6

M5M3

R1

M4

RDPU

M7

R2M8

BL

TL

TL

TL

YL

BL

RD

BK

RDBL

BR

4

5

3

2

BK 1

ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS

FL

M1

M2

FL

FL

M1

M2

M3

M4

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

FL

USE COPPER WIRE

COPPER POWER SUPPLY(USE RATING PLATE)

USE MIN. 75° C FIELD WIRE

EQUIPMENT GROUND

BL

EM

YL

BL

5

BK

C

BK

PLF

BK

1

RD

2 3

240

24V 4

1 2 3

TR

RD

BL BR

4 5

WH

6 7 8 9

PLM

GRD

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0140A00040-D

PLMPLFTR

FACTORY WIRING

FIELD WIRING

NOTES: 1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL "2" FOR 280 VOLTS.2) SEE COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTION IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT PURPLE WIRE FROM TERMINAL 4 OF CR RELAY TO APPROPRIATE TAP AT TB4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED FOR HEAT KITS ONLY.

DELAY RELAY

RELAY

EVAPORATOR MOTOR

ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME

TERMINAL BOARD R

EM

EBTDR

TB

BKRD

BLYL

BLUE

BLACKREDYELLOW

COMPONENT CODE

BROWNPURPLEGREEN

PUBR

GR

FEMALE PLUG CONNECTORMALE PLUG CONNECTOR

TRANSFORMER

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW V OLTAGE

HIGH VOLTAGE LOW V OLTAGE

PLF 2

COLOR CODE

TR

6 5 PLF4

4 24V 5

1 2 3

EM

WIRING CODE

208/240 VOLTS

1

1

PLF

PLM

L1

PLM 2

L2

IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRESSUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE NATIONALELECTRIC CODE.

FL FUSE LINKTL THERMAL LIMIT

HTR HEAT ELEMENTS

CR CONTROL RELAY

MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.

NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER

WHITEWH

1 3

52

4

CR

SEE NOTE 2

21 43 5

NC GL

RD

PU

BL

BR

WH

BL

RD

GR

RD

BL

RD

BKRD

L G N

W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5

3 1

1

C

EM2

43

5

2 4CR

W2R W1C G 4Y1 OY2 1DH 32 5

RD

PU

BR

WH

OR

WH

WH

BL

GR

SEENOTE 3

RD

BLFUSEHOLDER

FUSE

H

OLD

ER

5

L2L1

SEE NOTE 1

SEE NOTE 4

SEE NOTE 1

Page 88: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

88

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

ASPF******C*

BK BL

BK

L1L2

BK

BK

HTR

1TL

HTR

1

RD

987

R

WH

BLP

U

TL

BK

5 63 4

BK

RD

1 2

WH

RD

L2L1

BK

BK

RD

BKR

D

RHTR

2T

L

L1

BK

6 8 972

RD

PU

4 53

BK

RD

1

BK

L2L1

L2

RD

YL

M1

M2

BK

RD

YL

RD

R1

M4

RD

BK

M3

HTR

3TL

HTR

2

HTR

1TL TL

PU

M2

R2

YL

M1

BL

WH

BR

BL

RD

BK RD

BK

TLH

TR1

BKHTR

4

HTR

3

HTR

2

BK

RD

97 8

L2L1

L1L2

2 5 63 41

RD

M1

YL

BK

M2

BL

WH

6

BL

RD

BK

YL8 97

M6

M5

M3 R

1

M4

RD

PU

M7 R2

M8BL

TL TLTL YL

BLR

DBK

RD BL B

R

4 532

BK1

ON

E (1

) ELE

MEN

T R

OW

STW

O (2

) ELE

ME

NT

RO

WS

THR

EE

(3) E

LEM

EN

T R

OW

SFO

UR

(4) E

LEM

EN

T R

OW

S

FL

M1

M2

FL FL

M1

M2

M3 M4

FL FL

FL

FL FL FL FL

CO

PPER

PO

WE

R S

UPP

LY(U

SE R

ATIN

G P

LATE

)U

SE M

IN. 7

5° C

FIE

LD W

IRE

0140

A000

63-B

PLMPL

F

TRFAC

TOR

Y W

IRIN

G

FIEL

D W

IRIN

G

NO

TES

:

1) R

ED W

IRES

TO

BE

ON

TR

ANSF

OR

ME

R T

ER

MIN

AL

"3" F

OR

240

VO

LTS

AN

D O

NTE

RM

INAL

"2"

FOR

208

VO

LTS

.2)

SE

E C

OM

PLE

TE W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RAM

S IN

INS

TALL

ATIO

N IN

STR

UC

TIO

NS

FO

RP

RO

PER

LO

W V

OLT

AGE

WIR

ING

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

.3)

CO

NFIR

M S

PE

ED T

AP

SEL

ECTI

ON

IS A

PPR

OP

RIA

TE F

OR

AP

PLIC

ATIO

N. I

FS

PEE

D T

AP

NEE

DS

TO

BE

CH

AN

GED

, CO

NN

ECT

PU

RP

LE W

IRE

FR

OM

TER

MIN

AL 4

OF

CR

RE

LAY

TO A

PPR

OP

RIA

TE T

AP

AT

TB

4) B

RO

WN

AN

D W

HIT

E W

IRE

S A

RE

US

ED

FO

R H

EAT

KIT

S O

NLY

.5)

FUS

E: 3

A, 2

50V,

3AG

CA

RT

RID

GE

FU

SE.

RE

LAY

EVA

PO

RAT

OR

MO

TO

R

TER

MIN

AL

BO

ARD

REM TB

BK

RD

BL

YL

BLU

E

BLA

CK

RE

DY

ELLO

W

CO

MP

ON

ENT

CO

DE

BR

OW

NP

UR

PLE

GR

EEN

PU

BR

GR

FEM

ALE

PLU

G C

ON

NEC

TOR

MA

LE P

LUG

CO

NN

EC

TOR

TR

AN

SFO

RM

ER

H

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

LO

W V

OLT

AGE

H

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

LO

W V

OLT

AGE

PLF

2

CO

LOR

CO

DE

TR

65

PLM

4

424

V5

12

3

EM

WIR

ING

CO

DE

208/

240

VO

LTS

11PL

F

PLM

L1

PLM

2L2

IF R

EPL

AC

EMEN

T O

F TH

E O

RIG

INAL

WIR

ES

SUPP

LIE

D W

ITH

THI

S A

SSE

MBL

Y IS

NE

CESS

ARY,

USE

WIR

E T

HAT

CO

NFO

RM

S T

O T

HE N

ATIO

NA

LEL

ECTR

IC C

OD

E.

FLF

US

E L

INK

TLTH

ERM

AL

LIM

IT

HT

RH

EAT

ELE

ME

NT

S

CR

CO

NTR

OL

RE

LAY

NO

TE: W

HEN

INS

TALL

ING

HEA

TER

KIT

, EN

SUR

E S

PEE

D T

AP

DO

ES

NO

T EX

CE

ED

MIN

IMU

M B

LOW

ER

SP

EED

(MB

S) S

PEC

IFIE

D F

OR

TH

E AI

RHA

ND

LER

/HE

ATE

R K

IT C

OM

BIN

ATIO

N O

N T

HIS

UN

IT'S

S&

R P

LATE

. AFT

ER

INS

TALL

ING

OP

TIO

NAL

HEA

T K

IT,

MA

RK

A "X

" IN

TH

E B

OX

PR

OV

IDED

ABO

VE.

MA

RK

AC

CO

RD

ING

TO

NU

MBE

R O

F H

EAT

ER E

LEM

ENT

RO

WS

INS

TALL

ED

. NO

MA

RK

IND

ICAT

ES

NO

HEA

T K

IT IN

STA

LLE

D.

WH

ITE

WH

LG

N

W2

RW

1C

G4

Y1O

Y2

1D

H3

25

AB

1

C

EM2 43 5

47

CR

FUSE

HO

LDER

(OP

TIO

NAL

)

1

SE

E N

OTE

1

USE

COP

PER

WIR

EEQ

UIPM

ENT

GR

OUN

D

BL

EM

YL

BL

5

BK

C

BK

PLF

BK1

RD2

3

240

24V

4

12

3

TR

RD

BLBR

45

WH6

78

9P

LM

GR

D

12

34

56

78

9

AB17

4

CR

SEE

NO

TE 2

21

43

5 NC

GL

RD

PU

BL

BR WH

BL

RD

GR

RD

or B

KBL

RD

BKR

D

W2

RW

1C

G4

Y1

OY2

1D

H3

25

RD

or B

K

PU

BR

WH

OR

WH

WH

BL

GR

RD

or B

K

BLFU

SE

HOLD

ER(O

PTIO

NAL

)

L2L1

SE

E N

OTE

1

SE

E N

OTE

4

1354

2

ALT

ERNA

TE H

EAT

RE

LAY

BL

PU

RD GR

WH

BL

13

24

CR

5

ALT

ERN

ATE

HE

AT R

ELA

Y

Page 89: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

89Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

AWUF [18, 24, 30, 36]**

NO

TES

:

IF R

EPLA

CE

ME

NT

OF

TH

E O

RIG

INA

L W

IRE

S S

UP

PLI

ED

WIT

H T

HIS

AS

SEM

BLY

IS N

EC

ES

SAR

Y, U

SE

105°

C. W

IRE

. S

IZE

TO

CO

NFO

RM

TO

TH

E N

ATIO

NA

L EL

EC

TRIC

CO

DE

.

1) R

ED

WIR

E T

O B

E O

N T

RA

NS

FOR

ME

R T

ERM

INA

L 3

FO

R 2

30 V

OLT

S A

ND

ON

2) T

O P

LAC

E A

IRH

AND

LER

IN H

IGH

SP

EE

D, R

EM

OV

E R

ED

MO

TOR

LE

AD

FR

OM

ELE

CT

RO

NIC

3) S

EE

CO

MP

OSI

TE

WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

S IN

INS

TALL

ATIO

N IN

ST

RU

CTI

ON

S F

OR

PR

OP

ER

4) A

ST

ER

ISK

(*) I

ND

ICAT

ES

TH

AT

HE

ATI

NG

ELE

ME

NT

, TH

ER

MA

L LI

MIT

,

4R

DR

D

CO

NTR

OLS

SH

OW

N W

ITH

UT

ILIT

IES

IN "O

N"

PO

SIT

ION

AN

D T

HER

MO

STA

T IN

"OFF

" PO

SIT

ION

.

POW

ER

SU

PPLY

(SE

E R

ATIN

G P

LATE

)U

SE M

IN. 7

5°C

FIE

LD W

IRE

WH

BR

RD

BL

GR

PU EM FC

PU

CO

MM

ON

BK

HIG

HR

D L

OW

BR

EVA

PO

RAT

OR

MO

TOR

LEA

DS

RD

BK

BR

RD

*W

H

BR

RD

RD

PU

NO

TES

EE 3

RD

RD

RDD

ISC

EQ

UIP

MEN

T G

RO

UN

D

RD

R1

M1

M2

BR

BK

BK

BK

BL

M3M4

RD

*

DIS

CB

L

3 5RD

12

TR

BK

HTR

2*

HTR

1

*BK

BKTL

1

TL1

RD

*

RD

TL2*

TL2

CO

LOR

CO

DE

WIR

ING

CO

DE

BT1

4933

447

REV

B

BLO

WE

R T

IME

DE

LAY

RE

LAY

(EB

TD

R) C

OM

TE

RM

INA

L A

ND

RE

PLA

CE

WIT

H B

LAC

K

RE

LAY

(SE

QU

EN

CE

R) A

ND

INT

ERC

ON

NE

CT

ING

WIR

ES

AN

D J

UM

PE

RS

OF

HE

ATE

R #

2A

RE

DE

LET

ED

WIT

H S

ING

LE E

LEM

EN

T U

NIT

S.

MO

TO

R L

EA

D. A

LL U

NIT

S W

ILL

BE

FAC

TO

RY

CO

NN

EC

TED

AT

LOW

SP

EE

D.

TE

RM

INA

L 2

FO

R 2

08 V

OLT

S.

LO

W V

OLT

AG

E W

IRIN

G C

ON

NE

CTI

ON

S.

YELL

OW

TIM

E D

ELAY

RE

LAY

EVA

PO

RAT

OR

MO

TOR

ELE

CTR

ONI

C B

LOW

ER

DIS

CO

NN

EC

T S

WIT

CH

EBT

DR

DIS

CE

MRD

RED

BL

YLB

LUE

WH

BK

WH

ITE

BLA

CK

CO

MP

ON

EN

T C

OD

E TL HTR

TRR FC

GR

EEN

BRO

WN

PUR

PLE

BR

GR

PU

NO

TE 3

RE

LAY

FAN

CA

PAC

ITO

RTH

ER

MAL

LIM

ITTR

AN

SFO

RM

ERH

EATE

R E

LEM

ENT

FAC

TOR

Y W

IRIN

G

HIG

H V

OLT

AGE

LO

W V

OLT

AGE

FIE

LD W

IRIN

G

HIG

H V

OLT

AGE

LO

W V

OLT

AGE

TR

RD

24 V

OLT

45

2SE

E N

OTE

11

3LO

FC

*

EM

HI

TL1

TL1

HTR

1

HTR

2

CO

M

BL

BRW

H

R1

GR

NO

NC

* M4 M2

TL2

TL2

M1

M3

R1

**

208/

230

VO

LTS

**

R XFM

R-C

CXFM

R-R

NO

CO

M

NC

GS

U

EBTD

R

EBTD

R

SEE

NO

TE 5

OF

F D

ELA

Y W

HE

N "

G" I

S D

E-E

NE

RG

IZE

D.

5) E

BT

DR

HA

S A

7 S

EC

ON

D O

N D

ELA

Y W

HE

N "

G"

IS E

NE

RG

IZE

D A

ND

A 6

5 SE

CO

ND

R

EBT

DR

GC

EBT

DR

M2

M1

M2

Page 90: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

90

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

AWUF[31-32]**

Page 91: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

91Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

AWUF37

NO

TES:

1. R

ED

WIR

E T

O B

E O

N T

RAN

SFO

RM

ER T

ER

MIN

AL

3 FO

R 2

30 V

OLT

S

AN

D O

N T

ER

MIN

AL

2 FO

R 2

08 V

OLT

S.

2. C

ON

FIR

M S

PE

ED

TAP

SE

LEC

TED

IS A

PP

RO

PR

IATE

FO

R A

PP

LIC

ATIO

N.

IF

SP

EE

D T

AP

NE

ED

S TO

BE

CH

ANG

ED

CO

NN

EC

T A

PPR

OPR

IATE

WIR

E

FR

OM

MO

TOR

TO

TER

MIN

AL #

4 O

N R

ELAY

.3.

SEE

CO

MP

OS

ITE

WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

S IN

INS

TALL

ATIO

N IN

STR

UC

TIO

NS

F

OR

PR

OPE

R L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

WIR

ING

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS.

4. A

STE

RIS

K (*

) IN

DIC

ATE

S T

HAT

HE

ATIN

G E

LEM

EN

T, T

HE

RM

AL

LIM

IT,

R

ELA

Y (S

EQ

UE

NC

ER

) AN

D IN

TER

CO

NN

ECTI

NG

WIR

ES A

ND

JU

MP

ER

S

OF

HE

ATE

R #

2 A

RE

DE

LETE

D W

ITH

SIN

GLE

ELE

MEN

T U

NIT

S.

5. C

OLO

R C

OD

E:

W

H --

WH

ITE

G

R --

GR

EE

N

BK

-- B

LAC

K

PU

-- P

UR

PLE

R

D --

RE

D

BR --

BR

OW

N

YL

-- Y

ELL

OW

B

L --

BLU

E

6. W

IRIN

G C

OD

E:

F

AC

TOR

Y W

IRIN

G

H

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

LO

W V

OLT

AG

E

FI

ELD

WIR

ING

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E

L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

N

OTE

3

7. C

OM

PO

NE

NT

CO

DE

:

DIS

C --

DIS

CO

NN

EC

T S

WIT

CH

R

-- R

ELA

Y

EM

--

EVA

PO

RAT

OR

MO

TOR

F

C --

FA

N C

APA

CIT

OR

E

BTD

R --

ELE

CTR

IC B

LOW

ER

TL

-- T

HE

RM

AL

LIM

IT

TIM

E D

ELA

Y R

ELAY

TR

-- T

RAN

SFO

RM

ER

H

TR --

HEA

TER

ELE

ME

NT

EM

YL

21

43

5 NC

GL

M1

BL

BL

RD

RD

RD

BKR

D

GR/YL

BR

WH

OR

HTR

2*

HTR

1

BK

RD

RD

TL2*

TL2

13

52

4

M3 T1

M2

M4 T2

424

V

3

5

BK

12

240

TR

RD

RD

BK

BL

BK

BL BL

YL

PU

PU

BR

WH

OR

BK

RD

BL

WH

WH

WH

WH

BR

RD

RD

RD

GR

GR

RD

PULL TODISCONNECT

BK

BK

FUSE

*

FIE

LD C

ON

NE

CTI

ON

STO

RE

LAY

SEE

NO

TE #

2

0140

A00

036

REV

. A

Page 92: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

92

BLOWERS

Page 93: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

93Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

COOLING ONLY - 2 STAGE HEAT THERMOSTAT

NOTES:1.) Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W/W2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

OTCO RCE\W1 W/W2 Y1OT1 OT2

YCONCONDENSER

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

R

DIP

(CFM)

ON

OFF

OUTDOOR

W1

HUM

OT2

OT1W2

HEATPUMPCOM O W2 ED

SW

ITC

H

HEATERW1 W2

24 VACC R

CONDENSINGUNIT

THERMOSTATS

IF N

EED

ED

Y/Y2G HUM

Y1

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

HUMIDISTAT

ROOMTHERMOSTAT

W2 C R G YW1

2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER

SEE NOTE 4

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

COOLING ONLY - 2 STAGE HEAT (1st ROOM T'STAT & 2nd OT)

ROOMTHERMOSTAT

W C R G Y

OT2OT1 Y1W/W2E\W1 C RO OTC

CONFIGURATION.DIP SWITCHFOR PROPERTO MANUALPLEASE REFER

CONDENSERYCONR

DIP

(CFM)

ON

OFF

OUTDOOR

W1

HUM

OT2

OT1W2

HEATPUMPCOM O W2 ED

SW

ITC

H

HEATERW1 W2

24 VACC R

CONDENSINGUNIT

THERMOSTATS

IF N

EED

ED

HUMG Y/Y2

Y1

SEE NOTE 4

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

HUMIDISTAT

NOTES:1.) Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING E/W1 WITH OT CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER

OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT

1st STAGE ENABLED THRU ROOM T'STAT2nd STAGE ENABLED THRU CLOSED OT

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

Single Stage Cooling with Single or Two-Stage Heating

MBE

Page 94: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

94

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

COOLING ONLY - 2 STAGE HEAT (T'STAT ENABLED OT)

NOTES:1.) Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W/W2 WITH OT CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE 5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

OT2

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

(CFM)

HUM

ON

DIP

OFF

YCONCONDENSER

R

E\W1

CONDENSINGUNIT

OUTDOOR

THERMOSTATS

HEATPUMP

W1OT1

COM O

W2

W2 ED

W/W2 O OTC OT1

W1 W2

SW

ITC

H

HEATERC R24 VAC

OT2 C R Y1

W1

IF N

EE

DE

D

THERMOSTATROOM

W2 C R G

2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

SEE NOTE 4

Y1

HUMHUMIDISTAT

Y/Y2G

Y

OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT

1st STAGE ENABLED THRU ROOM T'STAT2nd STAGE ENABLED THRU ROOM T'STAT AND CLOSED OT2

HEATPUMP - WITH 1 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX HEAT

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E AND W2 ENABLE HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) IF OT2 PJ2 JUMPER IS CUT E AND W2 ENABLE LO SPD FAN HEATING

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)IF

NEE

DED

OT2OT1 Y1W/W2E\W1 C RO OTC

CONFIGURATION.DIP SWITCHFOR PROPERTO MANUALPLEASE REFER

CONDENSERYCONR

DIP

(CFM)

ON

OFF

OUTDOOR

W1

HUM

OT2

OT1W2

HEATPUMPCOM O W2 ED

SWIT

CH

HEATERW1 W2

24 VACC R

THERMOSTATSHUMG Y/Y2

Y1

HUMIDISTAT

SEE NOTE 4

1st STAGE HEATER

ROOMTHERMOSTAT

E C R G Y

HEATPUMP

R Y C O W2

HEATPUMPYCONCONDENSER

R COM O W2 ED

W2 O

REMOVE PRODUCTION WIRE Y1 - O

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

MBE

Page 95: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

95Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

1st STAGE HEATER

REMOVE PRODUCTION WIRE Y1 - O

Y

ROOM

IF N

EED

ED

THERMOSTATS

THERMOSTATW2E O C R G

SEE NOTE 4

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

HUMIDISTAT

2nd STAGE HEATER

HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX HEAT

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

CONDENSERYCONR

R

HEATPUMPCOM O EDW2

C

HEATPUMP

Y O W2

Y/Y2G HUMOTCO RCE\W1 W/W2 Y1OT1 OT2

Y1

DIP

TO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

(CFM)

ON

OFF

HEATPUMP

W1

PLEASE REFER

HUM

OT2

OT1

YCONCONDENSER

R COM O

W2HEATER

SWIT

CHW2

W124 VAC

C R

W2 ED

OUTDOOR

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) 0T2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

YCONCONDENSER

R

R

HEATPUMPCOM O EDW2

HEATPUMP

CY O W2

OT2

PLEASE REFER

CONFIGURATION.DIP SWITCHFOR PROPERTO MANUAL

(CFM)

HUM

DIP

OFFON

2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER

Y

Y1

W1

HEATPUMP

OTC

CONDENSERYCONR

OT1

COM O

E\W1 W/W2 O

SW

ITC

H

HEATERW2W1

W2

W2 ED

RC24 VAC

THERMOSTATS

OUTDOOR

OT1 OT2 C R Y1

IF N

EED

ED

THERMOSTATROOM

W2E O RC G

SEE NOTE 4

REMOVE PRODUCTION WIRE Y1 - O

HUMIDISTATY/Y2G HUM

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

1st STAGE AUX HEAT ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT2ND STAGE AUX ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT AND OUTDOOR T'STAT

HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STG AUX - 1 OUTDOOR T'STAT

OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

MBE

Page 96: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

96

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

MBE

ROOMTHERMOSTAT

OT2THERMOSTATS

W1HEATER

OT1OW/W2E\W1 OTC

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT1 CLOSED ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 AND 0T2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

(CFM)

R

OT1

HUM

OT2

W2W1

HEATPUMPCOM

CONDENSERYCON O EDW2

OUTDOOR

O

HEATPUMP

HEATPUMPR

CONDENSERYCON OCOM

R Y C

OT2

W2 ED

W2 OE W2

HUMG Y/Y2Y1RC

REMOVE PRODUCTION WIRE Y1 - O

DIP

1st STAGE HEATER2nd STAGE HEATER

ON

OFF

SW

ITC

H

W224 VACC R

Y1

HUMIDISTAT

IF N

EED

ED

GC R Y

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

SEE NOTE 4

OT1

OT2

OUTDOOR

OT1OTC

NO AUX HEAT IN HEATPUMP MODE UNTIL OUTDOOR T'STAT CLOSES

HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STG AUX - 2 OUTDOOR T'STATS

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) 0T2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

YCONCONDENSER

R

R

HEATPUMPCOM O EDW2

HEATPUMP

CY O W2

OT2

PLEASE REFER

CONFIGURATION.DIP SWITCHFOR PROPERTO MANUAL

(CFM)

HUM

DIP

OFFON

2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER

Y

Y1

W1

HEATPUMP

OTC

CONDENSERYCONR

OT1

COM O

E\W1 W/W2 O

SW

ITC

H

HEATERW2W1

W2

W2 ED

RC24 VAC

THERMOSTATS

OUTDOOR

OT1 OT2 C R Y1

IF N

EED

ED

THERMOSTATROOM

W2E O RC G

SEE NOTE 4

REMOVE PRODUCTION WIRE Y1 - O

HUMIDISTATY/Y2G HUM

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

1st STAGE AUX HEAT ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT2ND STAGE AUX ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT AND OUTDOOR T'STAT

HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STG AUX - 1 OUTDOOR T'STAT

OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

Page 97: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

97Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

MBE

Two-Stage Cooling with Conventional Two-Stage ThermostatROOM

THERMOSTAT W C R G Y2 Y1

RSG - 2 SPD

2 SPD COOLING ONLY - WITH 1 STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT

NOTES: 1.) Y1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN COOLING Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING 2.) E/W1 ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) IF OT1 PJ4 JUMPER IS CUT E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING

HUMIDISTAT (OPTIONAL) CONDENSING

UNIT

IF NEEDED

OT2 OT1 Y1 W/W2 E\W1 C R O OTC

CONFIGURATION. DIP SWITCH FOR PROPER TO MANUAL PLEASE REFER

CONDENSER YCON R

DIP

(CFM) ON O

FF

OUTDOOR

W1 HUM OT2 OT1 W2

HEATPUMP COM O W2 ED

SWITCH

HEATER W1 W2 24 VAC C R

THERMOSTATS HUM G Y/Y2

Y1

HUMIDISTAT SEE NOTE 4

1st STAGE HEATER

Y2

CX

Y1

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION

ROOM THERMOSTAT

W C R G Y2 Y1 RSG - 2 SPD

2 SPD COOLING ONLY - WITH 2 STAGE HEAT THERMOSTAT

NOTES: 1.) Y1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN COOLING Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING 2.) E/W1 ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) IF OT1 PJ4 JUMPER IS CUT E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING

HUMIDISTAT (OPTIONAL) CONDENSING

UNIT

IF NEEDED

OT2 OT1 Y1 W/W2 E\W1 C R O OTC

CONFIGURATION. DIP SWITCH FOR PROPER TO MANUAL PLEASE REFER

CONDENSER YCON R

DIP

(CFM) ON O

FF

OUTDOOR

W1 HUM OT2 OT1 W2

HEATPUMP COM O W2 ED

SWITCH

HEATER W1 W2 24 VAC C R

THERMOSTATS HUM G Y/Y2

Y1

HUMIDISTAT SEE NOTE 4

1st STAGE HEATER

Y2

CX

Y1

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION

W2

Page 98: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

98

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

NOTES:1.) Y1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN COOLING Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W/W2 WITH OT CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

OT2

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

(CFM)

HUM

ON

DIP

OFF

YCONCONDENSER

R

E\W1

CONDENSINGUNIT

OUTDOOR

THERMOSTATS

HEATPUMP

W1OT1

COM O

W2

W2 ED

W/W2 O OTC OT1

W1 W2

SW

ITC

H

HEATERC R24 VAC

OT2 C R Y1

IF N

EED

ED

2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

SEE NOTE 4

Y1

HUMHUMIDISTAT

Y/Y2G

OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT

G

THERMOSTATW1 W2

ROOM

RC Y1 Y2

RSG - 2 SPD

2 SPD COOLING ONLY - 2 STAGE HEAT (T'STAT ENABLED OT)

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION

Y2

CX

Y1

Two-Stage Cooling with Conventional Two-Stage Thermostat

OT2OT1 Y1W/W2E\W1 C RO OTC

CONFIGURATION.DIP SWITCHFOR PROPERTO MANUALPLEASE REFER

CONDENSERYCONR

DIP

(CFM)

ON

OFF

OUTDOOR

W1

HUM

OT2

OT1W2

HEATPUMPCOM O W2 ED

SW

ITC

H

HEATERW1 W2

24 VACC R

THERMOSTATS

IF N

EED

ED

HUMG Y/Y2

Y1

SEE NOTE 4

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

HUMIDISTAT

NOTES:1.) Y1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN COOLING Y/Y2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E/W1 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING E/W1 WITH OT CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER

OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT

G

ROOMTHERMOSTAT

W C R Y1 Y2

RSG - 2 SPDCONDENSING

UNIT

2 SPD COOLING ONLY - 2 STAGE HEAT (1st T'STAT 2nd OT)

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION

Y2

CX

Y1

MBE

Page 99: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

99Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

Heat Pump with Single or Two-Stage Heating (Options for Emergency Heat)with Conventional Thermostat

HEATPUMP - WITH 1 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX HEAT

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E AND W2 ENABLE HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) IF OT2 PJ2 JUMPER IS CUT E AND W2 ENABLE LO SPD FAN HEATING

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)IF

NEE

DED

OT2OT1 Y1W/W2E\W1 C RO OTC

CONFIGURATION.DIP SWITCHFOR PROPERTO MANUALPLEASE REFER

CONDENSERYCONR

DIP

(CFM)

ON

OFF

OUTDOOR

W1

HUM

OT2

OT1W2

HEATPUMPCOM O W2 ED

SWIT

CH

HEATERW1 W2

24 VACC R

THERMOSTATSHUMG Y/Y2

Y1

HUMIDISTAT

SEE NOTE 4

1st STAGE HEATER

ROOMTHERMOSTAT

E C R G Y

HEATPUMP

R Y C O W2

HEATPUMPYCONCONDENSER

R COM O W2 ED

W2 O

REMOVE PRODUCTION WIRE Y1 - O

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

C O W2

HEATPUMPROOM

THERMOSTAT

W2E CYR R YG

IF NE

ED

ED HUMIDISTAT

(OPTIONAL)

REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O

SEE NOTE 4

2nd STAGE HEATER1st STAGE HEATER

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING

3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

J1

R1

R3

CR10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2

PJ4OT1

OT2

HUM

12

34

56

78

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

W1 W2

R YCON COM O W2 ED

SWITCH

DIP

ON

OFF

24 VACC R

Y1

W2W1

OUTDOOR

HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

DS

1 CR1

CR2CR5

CR6

CR7CR8CR3

CR11

J2J3

1

4

C2

1

5

Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT

OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS

GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.

HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX HEAT

O

MBE

Page 100: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

100

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

C O W2

HEATPUMPROOM

THERMOSTAT

W2E CYR R YG

IF N

EE

DE

D

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O

SEE NOTE 4

2nd STAGE HEATER

OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING3.) OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STAG AUX - 1 OUTDOOR T-STAT

1ST STAGE HEATER

O

1ST STAGE AUX HEAT ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT2ND STAGE AUX ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT AND OUTDOOR T'STAT

J1

R1

R3

CR10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2

PJ4OT1

OT2

HUM

12

34

56

78

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

W1 W2

R YCON COM O W2 ED

SWITCH

DIP

ON

OFF

24 VACC R

Y1

W2W1

OUTDOOR

HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

DS

1 CR1

CR2CR5

CR6

CR7CR8

CR3

CR11

J2J3

1

4

C2

1

5

Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT

OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS

GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.

R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

C O W2

HEATPUMPROOM

THERMOSTATW2E CYR R YG

IFNEEDED

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O

SEE NOTE 4

2nd STAGE HEATER

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT1 CLOSED ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING

3.) OT1 PJ4 AND OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STAG AUX - 2 OUTDOOR T-STATS

1ST STAGE HEATER

OT1 OT2OTC

OUTDOOR

O

NO AUX HEAT IN HEATPUMP MODE UNTIL OUTDOOR T'STAT CLOSES

J1

R1

R3

CR10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2

PJ4OT1

OT2

HUM

12

34

56

78

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

W1 W2

R YCON COM O W2 ED

SWITCH

DIP

ON

OFF

24 VACC R

Y1

W2W1

OUTDOOR

HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

DS

1 CR1

CR2CR5

CR6

CR7CR8

CR3

CR11

J2J3

1

4

C2

1

5

Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT

OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS

GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.

MBE

Page 101: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

101Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

C O W2

HEATPUMPROOM

THERMOSTAT

W2E CYR R YG

IF N

EE

DE

D

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O

SEE NOTE 4

2nd STAGE HEATER

OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING

3.) OT1 PJ4 AND OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "ON" POSITION

HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX - 1 OUTDOOR T'STAT

1ST STAGE HEATER

J1

R1

R3

CR10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2

PJ4OT1

OT2

HUM

12

34

56

78

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

W1 W2

R YCON COM O W2 ED

SWITCH

DIP

ON

OFF

24 VACC R

Y1

W2W1

OUTDOOR

HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

DS

1 CR1

CR2

CR5CR6

CR7CR8CR3

CR11

J2J3

1

4

C2

1

5

Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT

OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS

GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.

NO AUX HEAT IN HEATPUMP MODE UNTIL OUTDOOR T'STAT CLOSES

O

MBE

Page 102: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

102

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

Two Speed Heat Pump with Single or Two-Stage Heating(Options for Emergency Heat) with Conventional Two-Stage Thermostat

R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

C O W2

RTGHEATPUMP

ROOMTHERMOSTAT

W2E CY2R R Y2G

IF N

EE

DE

D

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O

SEE NOTE 4

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E AND W2 ENABLE HI SPD FAN HEATING 3.) IF OT2 PJ2 JUMPER IS CUT, E AND W2 ENABLE LO SPD FAN HEATING 4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION

HEATPUMP - WITH 1 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX HEAT

1ST STAGE HEATER

Y1 Y1

J1

R1

R3

CR10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2

PJ4OT1

OT2

HUM

12

34

56

78

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

W1 W2

R YCON COM O W2 ED

SWITCH

DIP

ON

OFF

24 VACC R

Y1

W2W1

OUTDOOR

HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

DS

1 CR1

CR2CR5

CR6

CR7CR8

CR3

CR11

J2J3

1

4

C2

1

5

Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT

OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS

GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.

O

R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

C O W2

RTGHEATPUMP

ROOMTHERMOSTAT

W2E CY2R R Y2G

IF N

EE

DE

D

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O

SEE NOTE 4

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING

3.) OT1 PJ4 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION

HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX HEAT

1ST STAGE HEATER

Y1 Y1

2ND STAGE HEATER

J1

R1

R3

CR10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2

PJ4OT1

OT2

HUM

12

34

56

78

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

W1 W2

R YCON COM O W2 ED

SWITCH

DIP

ON

OFF

24 VACC R

Y1

W2W1

OUTDOOR

HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

DS

1 CR1

CR2

CR5CR6

CR7CR8

CR3

CR11

J2J3

1

4

C2

1

5

Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT

OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS

GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.

O

MBE

Page 103: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

103Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

C O W2

RTGHEATPUMP

ROOMTHERMOSTAT

W2E CY2R R Y2G

IF N

EE

DE

D

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O

SEE NOTE 4

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING

3.) OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION

HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STG AUX - 1 OUTDOOR T'STAT

1ST STAGE HEATER

Y1 Y1

2ND STAGE HEATER

O

J1

R1

R3

CR10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2

PJ4OT1

OT2

HUM

12

34

56

78

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

W1 W2

R YCON COM O W2 ED

SWITCH

DIP

ON

OFF

24 VACC R

Y1

W2W1

OUTDOOR

HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

DS

1 CR1

CR2CR5

CR6

CR7CR8CR3

CR11

J2J3

1

4

C2

1

5

Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT

OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS

GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.

OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT

1ST STAGE AUX HEAT ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT2ND STAGE AUX ENABLED BY ROOM T'STAT AND OUTDOOR T'STAT

R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

C O W2

RTGHEATPUMP

ROOMTHERMOSTAT

W2E CY2R R Y2G

IF N

EE

DE

D

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O

SEE NOTE 4

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT1 CLOSED ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING

3.) OT1 PJ4 AND OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION

HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 2 STG AUX - 2 OUTDOOR T'STATS

1ST STAGE HEATER

Y1 Y1

2ND STAGE HEATER

O

OT2OT1

J1

R1

R3

CR10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2

PJ4OT1

OT2

HUM

12

34

56

78

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

W1 W2

R YCON COM O W2 ED

SWITCH

DIP

ON

OFF

24 VACC R

Y1

W2W1

OUTDOOR

HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

DS

1 CR1

CR2CR5

CR6

CR7CR8CR3

CR11

J2J3

1

4

C2

1

5

Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT

OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS

GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.

NO AUX HEAT IN HEATPUMP MODE UNTIL OUTDOOR T'STAT CLOSES

OT1 OT2OTC

OUTDOOR

MBE

Page 104: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

104

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

R YCON COM O W2 EDHEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

C O W2

RTGHEATPUMP

ROOMTHERMOSTAT

W2E CY2R R Y2G

IF N

EED

ED

HUMIDISTAT(OPTIONAL)

REMOVEPRODUCTIONWIRE Y1-O

SEE NOTE 4

NOTES:1.) Y ENABLES HI SPD FAN COOLING

2.) E ENABLES LO SPD FAN HEATING W2 AND OT2 CLOSED ENABLES HI SPD FAN HEATING

3.) OT1 PJ4 AND OT2 PJ2 MUST BE CUT FOR THIS CONFIGURATION

4.) CUT HUM PJ6 JUMPER IF USING HUMIDISTAT STAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE

5.) DIP SWITCH #4 MUST BE IN THE "OFF" POSITION

HEATPUMP - 2 STG EMHT 1 STG AUX - 1 OUTDOOR T'STAT

1ST STAGE HEATER

Y1 Y1

2ND STAGE HEATER

O

J1

R1

R3

CR10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2

PJ4OT1

OT2

HUM

12

34

56

78

PLEASE REFERTO MANUALFOR PROPERDIP SWITCHCONFIGURATION.

W1 W2

R YCON COM O W2 ED

SWITCH

DIP

ON

OFF

24 VACC R

Y1

W2W1

OUTDOOR

HEATPUMPC O N D E N S E R

DS1

CR1

CR2CR5

CR6

CR7CR8CR3

CR11

J2J3

1

4

C2

1

5

Y1RC G Y/Y2OT2 HUMHUMIDISTAT

OT1OTCW/W2E\W1THERMOSTATS

GOODMAN MFG. CO. L.P.

OUTDOORTHERMOSTAT

NO AUX HEAT IN HEATPUMP MODE UNTIL T'STAT CLOSES

MBE

Page 105: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

105Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

Two-

Stag

e C

oolin

g w

ith C

onve

ntio

nal

Two-

Stag

e Th

erm

osta

t(E

ncod

ed w

ith a

dd o

n 1N

006

Dio

des)

(TST

WK

01 K

it R

equi

red)

ENC

OD

ED T

HER

MO

STAT

CR

3

C5

Q2

K3CR

12

CR

13

R5

CR

14ZD

2ZD

3R6

R7

R4

CR

6C

R7

Q1

CR

2

R2

CR

8

ZD1

CR

9

CR

4

CR

5

R3

R8

C2

C3

R1

CR

1

CR

11

LED

2

K2C

4

K1C1

P1

GO

OD

MAN

MFG

. CO

. L.P

.

TES

T

IF NEEDED

NO

TES:

1.)

STA

T O

PEN

S O

N H

UM

IDIT

Y R

ISE

2.)

DIP

SW

ITC

H #

4 M

UST

BE

IN T

HE

ON

PO

SITI

ON

Y1

Y2

W1

W2

GC

R

1N40

05D

IOD

ES

J1

R1

R3

CR

10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2

PJ4

OT1

OT2

HU

M

12345678

PLE

AS

E R

EFE

RTO

MA

NU

AL

FOR

PR

OP

ER

DIP

SW

ITC

HC

ON

FIG

UR

ATI

ON

.

W1

W2

RYC

ON

CO

MO

W2

ED

S WI

TC H DI

PO N

O FF

24 V

AC

CR

Y1

W2

W1

OU

TDO

OR

HEA

TPU

MP

CO

ND

EN

SE

R

DS1

CR

1

CR

2C

R5

CR

6

CR

7C

R8

CR

3

CR

11

J2J3 1

4

C2

1

5

Y1

RC

GY

/Y2

OT2

HU

MH

UM

IDIS

TAT

OT1

OTC

W/W

2E

\W1

THE

RM

OS

TATS

GO

OD

MA

N M

FG. C

O. L

.P.

HU

MID

ISTA

T(O

PTIO

NAL

)

SEE

NO

TE 1

CU

T H

UM

PJ6

FO

R H

UM

IDIS

TAT

OP

ERAT

ION

2ND

STA

GE

HEA

TER

CU

T O

T1 P

J4 F

OR

2 S

TAG

E H

EAT

OP

ER

ATIO

N

1ST

STA

GE

HE

ATE

R

ENC

OD

ED

2 S

PD

CO

OLI

NG

- W

ITH

1 O

R 2

STG

HEA

T

RSG

REM

OTE

CO

ND

ENSI

NG

UN

IT

T2T1

L2L1

CH

F

4

52 1

3R

2R

1Y

2Y

1

C/X

YLO/

Y1

Y/Y2

PWR

Y2Y1C

Y

24 V

230

V

TSTW

K01

TRA

NSF

OR

MER

TSTW

K01

BO

AR

D

TO Y

ON

TSTW

K01

BO

ARD

TO C

OM

MO

N O

NTS

TWK

01 B

OAR

D

S1S2

S3G

Com

R

MBE

Page 106: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

106

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

ENC

OD

ED T

HER

MO

STAT

CR

3

C5

Q2

K3CR

12

CR

13

R5

CR

14ZD

2ZD

3R6

R7

R4

CR

6C

R7

Q1

CR

2

R2

CR

8

ZD1

CR

9

CR

4C

R5

R3

R8

C2

C3

R1

CR

1

CR

11

LED

2

K2C

4

K1C1

P1

GO

OD

MAN

MFG

. CO

. L.P

.

TES

T

IF NEEDED

NO

TES:

1.)

OT2

CLO

SED

AN

D W

2 D

EM

AND

EN

ABLE

S

2

ND

STG

HEA

T A

ND H

I FAN

2.)

STA

T O

PEN

S O

N H

UM

IDIT

Y R

ISE

3.)

DIP

SW

ITC

H #

4 M

UST

BE

IN T

HE O

N P

OSI

TIO

N

Y1

Y2

W1

W2

GC

R

1N40

05D

IOD

ES

J1

R1

R3

CR

10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2

PJ4

OT1

OT2

HUM

12345678

PLE

AS

E R

EFE

RTO

MA

NU

AL

FOR

PR

OP

ER

DIP

SW

ITC

HC

ON

FIG

UR

ATIO

N.

W1

W2

RYC

ON

CO

MO

W2

ED

S WI

TC H DI

PO N

O FF

24 V

AC

CR

Y1

W2

W1

OU

TDO

OR

HEA

TPU

MP

CO

ND

EN

SE

R

DS1

CR1

CR2

CR5

CR6

CR7

CR8

CR3

CR11

J2J3 1

4

C2

1

5

Y1

RC

GY

/Y2

OT2

HU

MH

UM

IDIS

TAT

OT1

OTC

W/W

2E

\W1

THE

RM

OS

TATS

GO

OD

MA

N M

FG. C

O. L

.P.

HU

MID

ISTA

T(O

PTIO

NAL

)

SEE

NO

TE 2

CU

T H

UM

PJ6

FO

R H

UM

IDIS

TAT

OPE

RAT

ION

2ND

STA

GE

HEA

TER

CU

T O

T2 P

J2 F

OR

TH

IS C

ON

FIG

UR

ATI

ON

1ST

STA

GE

HE

ATE

R

EN

CO

DE

D 2

SP

D C

OO

LIN

G -

WIT

H 1

OR

2 S

TG H

EA

T - 1

OT

RSG

REM

OTE

CO

ND

ENSI

NG

UN

IT

T2T1

L2L1

CH

F

4

52 1

3R

2R

1Y2

Y1

C/X

YLO/

Y1

Y/Y2

PWR

Y2Y1C

Y

24 V

230

V

TSTW

K01

TRA

NSF

OR

MER

TSTW

K01

BO

AR

D

TO Y

ON

TSTW

K01

BO

ARD

TO C

OM

MO

N O

NTS

TWK

01 B

OAR

D

OU

TDO

OR

THE

RM

OS

TAT

S1S2

S3G

Com

R

MBE

Page 107: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

107Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

Enco

ded

Two-

Stag

e C

oolin

g w

ith G

MC

The

rmos

tat

Part

# C

HET

18-6

0(T

STW

K01

Kit

Req

uire

d)

ENC

OD

ED T

HER

MO

STAT

CR

3

C5

Q2

K3CR

12

CR

13

R5

CR

14ZD

2ZD

3R6

R7

R4

CR

6C

R7

Q1

CR

2

R2

CR

8

ZD1

CR

9

CR

4

CR

5

R3

R8

C2

C3

R1

CR

1

CR

11

LED

2

K2C

4

K1C1

P1

GO

OD

MAN

MFG

. CO

. L.P

.

TES

T

NO

TES:

1.)

STA

T O

PEN

S O

N H

UM

IDIT

Y R

ISE

2.)

DIP

SW

ITC

H #

4 M

UST

BE

IN T

HE

ON

PO

SITI

ON

S1

S2

S3

R

J1

R1

R3

CR

10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2PJ4

OT1

OT2

HU

M

12345678

PLE

AS

E R

EFE

RTO

MA

NU

AL

FOR

PR

OP

ER

DIP

SW

ITC

HC

ON

FIG

UR

ATI

ON

.

W1

W2

RYC

ON

CO

MO

W2

ED

S WI

TC H DI

PO N

O FF

24 V

AC

CR

Y1

W2

W1

OU

TDO

OR

HEA

TPU

MP

CO

ND

EN

SE

R

DS1

CR1

CR2

CR

5

CR

6

CR

7C

R8

CR

3

CR

11

J2J3 1

4

C2

1

5

Y1

RC

GY

/Y2

OT2

HU

MH

UM

IDIS

TAT

OT1

OTC

W/W

2E

\W1

THE

RM

OS

TATS

GO

OD

MA

N M

FG. C

O. L

.P.

HU

MID

ISTA

T(O

PTIO

NAL

)

SEE

NO

TE 1

CU

T H

UM

PJ6

FO

R H

UM

IDIS

TAT

OP

ERAT

ION

2ND

STA

GE

HEA

TER

CU

T O

T2 P

J2 F

OR

TH

IS C

ON

FIG

UR

ATIO

N

1ST

STA

GE

HE

ATE

R

EN

CO

DE

D 2

SP

D C

OO

LIN

G -

WIT

H 1

OR

2 S

TG H

EA

T

RSG

REM

OTE

CO

ND

ENSI

NG

UN

IT

T2T1

L2L1

CH

F

4

52 1

3R

2R

1Y2

Y1

C/X

YLO/

Y1

Y/Y2

PWR

Y2Y1C

Y

24 V

230

V

TSTW

K01

TRA

NSF

ORM

ER

TSTW

K01

BO

AR

D

TO Y

ON

TSTW

K01

BO

ARD

TO C

OM

MO

N O

NTS

TWK

01 B

OAR

D

CH

ET

18-6

0EN

CO

DE

DTH

ERM

OST

AT

S1S2

S3G

Com

R

MBE

Page 108: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

108

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

ENC

OD

ED T

HER

MO

STAT

CR

3

C5

Q2

K3CR

12

CR

13

R5

CR

14ZD

2ZD

3R6

R7

R4

CR

6C

R7

Q1

CR

2

R2

CR

8

ZD1

CR

9

CR

4

CR

5

R3

R8

C2

C3

R1

CR

1

CR

11

LED

2

K2C

4

K1C1

P1

GO

OD

MAN

MFG

. CO

. L.P

.

TES

T

NO

TES:

1.)

OT2

CLO

SED

AN

D W

2 D

EMAN

D E

NAB

LES

2N

D S

TG H

EAT

AND

HI F

AN2.

) S

TAT

OP

ENS

ON

HU

MID

ITY

RIS

E3.

) D

IP S

WIT

CH

#4

MU

ST B

E IN

TH

E O

N P

OSI

TIO

N

S1

S2

S3R

J1

R1

R3

CR10

R2

CR9

PJ6

PJ2

PJ4

OT1

OT2

HUM

12345678

PLE

AS

E R

EFE

RTO

MA

NU

AL

FOR

PR

OP

ER

DIP

SW

ITC

HC

ON

FIG

UR

ATI

ON

.

W1

W2

RYC

ON

CO

MO

W2

ED

S WI

TC H DI

PO N

O FF

24 V

ACC

R

Y1

W2

W1

OU

TDO

OR

HEA

TPU

MP

CO

ND

EN

SE

R

DS1

CR

1

CR

2C

R5

CR

6

CR

7C

R8

CR

3

CR

11

J2J3 1

4

C2

1

5

Y1

RC

GY

/Y2

OT2

HU

MH

UM

IDIS

TAT

OT1

OTC

W/W

2E

\W1

THER

MO

STA

TS

GO

OD

MAN

MFG

. CO

. L.P

.

HUM

IDIS

TAT

(OPT

ION

AL)

SEE

NO

TE 2

CU

T H

UM

PJ6

FO

R H

UM

IDIS

TAT

OPE

RAT

ION

2ND

STA

GE

HEA

TER

CU

T O

T2 P

J2 F

OR

TH

IS C

ON

FIG

UR

ATI

ON

1ST

STAG

E H

EAT

ER

EN

CO

DE

D 2

SP

D C

OO

LIN

G -

WIT

H 1

OR

2 S

TG H

EA

T

RSG

REM

OTE

CO

ND

ENSI

NG

UN

IT

T2T1

L2L1

CH

F

4

52 1

3R

2R

1Y

2Y1

C/X

YLO/

Y1

Y/Y2

PWR

Y2Y1C

Y

24 V

230

V

TSTW

K01

TRA

NSF

OR

MER

TSTW

K01

BO

AR

D

TO Y

ON

TSTW

K01

BO

ARD

TO C

OM

MO

N O

NTS

TWK

01 B

OAR

D

OU

TDO

OR

THER

MO

STAT

CHE

T 18

-60

ENC

OD

ED

THER

MO

STAT

S1S2

S3G

Com

R

MBE

Page 109: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

109

REMOTE/SPLITS

Page 110: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

110

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

ASC130[18-60]1**

USE

N.E.

C.CL

ASS

2W

IRE

NOTE

S:1)

TOIN

DOO

RUN

ITLO

WVO

LTAG

ETE

RMIN

ALBL

OCK

&IN

DOO

RTH

ERM

OST

AT.

2)ST

ART

ASSI

STFA

CTO

RYEQ

UIPP

EDW

HEN

REQ

UIRE

D.3)

LAT

POSI

TIO

NSH

OW

NFO

RHI

GH

AMBI

ENT

TEM

PERA

TURE

.

COM

P

ALTERNATEDOUBLEPOLECONTACTORONLY

IO

T1

C

MAIN

R

AUX

5

S

SR

CADM

SA

21

RCCF

SC

T2

CL1

L2

(IF

US

ED

)

CH

CC A D M

CADM

F

C A D M

MAIN

AUX

IO CM(LO

W)3

2

(HIG

H) 1

CRY

INDO

OR

POW

ERSU

PPLY

C

LPS

YC

R

VEN

DOR:

GO

ODM

ANPR

INT

SHO

P06

/05

0140

R00

017P

RD BLYLR CY

LVJB

NOTE

1

COLO

RC

ODE

BK---

------

------

BLAC

KBL

------

------

---BL

UEBR

------

------

---BR

OW

NO

R---

------

------

ORA

NGE

PU---

------

------

PURP

LERD

------

------

---RE

DW

H---

------

-----

WHI

TEYL

------

------

---YE

LLO

W

C OM

PONE

NTCO

DE

C---

------

------

CON

TAC

TOR

CAD

M---

-----

COM

FORT

ALER

TM

ODU

LECM

------

------

OUT

DOO

RFA

NM

OTO

RCO

MP

------

--CO

MPR

ESSO

RHP

S---

------

--HI

GH

PRES

SURE

SWIT

CHIO

------

------

--IN

TERN

ALO

VERL

OAD

LAT

------

------

LOW

AMBI

ENT

THER

MO

STAT

LPS

------

------

LOW

PRES

SURE

SWIT

CHLV

JB---

------

-LO

WVO

LTAG

EJU

NCTI

ON

BOX

RCCF

------

---RU

NC

APAC

ITO

RFO

RCO

MPR

ESSO

R&

FAN

SA---

------

----S

TAR

TAS

SIST

SC---

------

----S

TAR

TC

APAC

ITO

RFO

RCO

MPR

ESSO

R(O

PTIO

NAL)

SR---

------

----S

TART

RELA

YFO

RCO

MPR

ESSO

R(O

PTIO

NAL)

CONT

ROLS

SHO

WN

WIT

HTH

ERM

OST

ATIN

'OFF

'PO

SITI

ON.

T1 L1

T2 L2

ALTE

RNAT

EDO

UBLE

POLE

CONT

ACTO

R

OU

TDO

OR

PO

WE

RS

UP

PLY

SE

ER

ATI

NG

PLA

TE

WIR

ING

CODE

FACT

ORY

WIR

ING

HIG

HVO

LTAG

ELO

WVO

LTAG

EO

PTIO

NAL

HIG

HVO

LTAG

E

FIEL

DW

IRIN

GHI

GH

VOLT

AGE

LOW

VOLT

AGE

RDSA(IF

USED

)NO

TE2

SC

R

BKRD

YL

YC

R CADMBL

RDYL

RDBK

YL

LVJB

CO

NTR

OL

BO

X

RD

2

13

LAT

NOTE

3BK

BK

SC

RDBL

RD

YLYL

BL

BL

RDRDBK

BKBK

C

T1 L1

T2 L2

RCCF

FC

HERM

YLYLYL

BRRDPU

YL

RD

YLYL

LPS

YL

C

R

S

RDBK

AUX

MAI

NCO

MP

IO

CMAUX

MAI

N

BK(H

IGH)

BRPU RD(L

OW

)

SR5 2

1

BK YL

BL

EQUI

PMEN

TG

ROUN

DUS

ECO

PPER

COND

UCTO

RSO

NLY

LAT

NOTE

3

Page 111: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

111Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

ASH130[18-60]1A*

CO

MP

IO

T1

C

MAIN

R

AUX

5

S

SR

SA

21

RC

CF

SC

T2

C

L1L2

CH

C

F

LPS

OR

YL

BL

RD

O Y CR

T1 L1

T2 L2

RD

SA

(IF U

SE

D)

NO

TE 2

LVJB

SC

RD

BL

L2T2

L1T1

C

BK

BK

BK

RD

RD

BK

BL

YL

YL

BL

RD

RC

CF

FY

LY

L

YL

BR

RD

PU

YL

RD

SR

5 21

BK

YL

BL

YL

C

R

S

RD

BK

AUX

MA

IN

CO

MP

BK

DFT

YL

YLLPS

DF1

DF2H

VD

R

CH

W2

LVD

R

O

R

O

OY

C

RV

C

W2

RC

DFT

CY

DC

RD

FT

RV

CB

K

RDR

D

BK

CH

BK

BK

BK

WH

W2

DC

OR

CY

OO

BL

YL

BKR

D

RR

RD

LVD

R

W2

WH

DFT RD

H V D R

DF2 DF1

BKBK

SC

R

BK

RD

YL

YC

R

BL

RD

YL

RD

BKYL

2

13

BK

BK

IO

CMAU

X

MAI

N

BK

(HIG

H)

BR

PU RD

(LO

W)

RD

YL

BL

CA

DM

C A D M

MAINAUX

IO CM

(LOW

)

3

2

(HIG

H)

1

CRY

C A D M

CM

R

45

CM

R

2

4

13

CM

R

25

RD

BK

BK B

L

BL

OR

OR

NO

TES

:1)

TO

IND

OO

R U

NIT

LO

W V

OLT

AG

E

TE

RM

INA

L BL

OC

K &

IND

OO

R

TH

ERM

OS

TAT.

2) S

TAR

T AS

SIS

T FA

CTO

RY

E

QU

IPPE

D W

HE

N R

EQU

IRE

D.

3) C

RAN

KC

ASE

HEA

TER

MAY

BE

F

AC

TOR

Y O

R F

IELD

INST

ALLE

D.

4) L

AT P

OSI

TIO

N S

HO

WN

FO

R H

IGH

A

MBI

ENT

TEM

PER

ATU

RE.

: GO

OD

MAN

PR

INT

SHO

P

08/0

5

014

0R00

021P

US

E N

.E.C

. CLA

SS 2

WIR

E

CO

LOR

CO

DE

BK

-----

-----

-----

BLA

CK

BL

-----

----

------

BLU

EB

R --

-----

-----

--- B

RO

WN

OR

-----

-----

-----

OR

ANG

E

PU

-----

-----

-----

PU

RP

LER

D --

-----

-----

--- R

ED

WH

-----

-----

---- W

HIT

EYL

----

-----

-----

- YEL

LOW

WIR

ING

CO

DE

FAC

TOR

Y W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

LOW

VO

LTAG

EO

PTI

ON

AL H

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

FIE

LD W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

LOW

VO

LTAG

E

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

GR

OU

ND

US

E C

OPP

ER

CO

ND

UC

TOR

S O

NLY

VEN

DO

R

CO

MP

ON

EN

T C

OD

EC

-----

-----

-----

CO

NTA

CTO

RC

ADM

-----

---

CO

MFO

RT

ALE

RT

DIA

GN

OS

TIC

MO

DU

LEC

H --

-----

-----

- CR

ANK

CAS

E H

EATE

RC

M --

-----

-----

OU

TDO

OR

FA

N M

OTO

RC

MR

----

-----

- CO

ND

EN

SER

MO

TOR

REL

AY

CO

MP

----

---- C

OM

PR

ESSO

RD

C --

-----

-----

- DEF

RO

ST

CO

NTR

OL

DFT

----

-----

-- D

EFR

OS

T TH

ERM

OST

ATH

VDR

-----

--- H

IGH

VO

LTAG

E D

EFR

OST

REL

AY

IO --

-----

-----

-- IN

TER

NA

L O

VER

LOAD

LA

T --

------

----

LOW

AM

BIEN

T TH

ER

MO

STA

TLP

S --

-----

-----

LO

W P

RES

SUR

E S

WIT

CH

LVD

R --

-----

-- L

OW

VO

LTAG

E D

EFR

OST

REL

AYLV

JB --

------

-- LO

W V

OLT

AGE

JU

NC

TIO

N B

OX

RC

CF

-----

---- R

UN

CAP

ACIT

OR

FO

R C

OM

PRE

SSO

R &

FAN

RV

C --

-----

----

REV

ER

SIN

G V

ALV

E C

OIL

SA --

-----

-----

- STA

RT

ASSI

STSC

-----

------

-- ST

ART

CAP

ACIT

OR

FO

R C

OM

PRES

SOR

(OPT

ION

AL)

SR

-----

------

-- ST

ART

REL

AY F

OR

CO

MPR

ESS

OR

(OPT

ION

AL)

CO

NTR

OLS

SH

OW

N W

ITH

TH

ER

MO

STA

T IN

'OFF

' PO

SITI

ON

.

IND

OO

R P

OW

ER

SU

PP

LY

CO

NTR

OL

BO

XO

UTD

OO

R P

OW

ER

SU

PP

LYS

EE

RA

TIN

G P

LATE

NO

TE 1

(IF U

SED

) NO

TE 3

CA

DM

CH

ER

M

LAT

NO

TE 4

(IF U

SED

)N

OTE

3

ALTERNATE DOUBLEPOLE CONTACTOR ONLY

(IF U

SED)

NO

TE 3

LAT

NO

TE 4

(IF U

SED

)

CA

DM

Page 112: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

112

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

GSC10***[3/4]**

USE

N.E

.C. C

LASS

2 W

IRE

NO

TES:

1) T

O IN

DO

OR

UNIT

LO

W V

OLT

AGE

T

ERM

INAL

BLO

CK

& IN

DO

OR

T

HER

MO

STAT

.2)

USE

CO

PPER

CO

NDU

CTO

R O

NLY

.3)

CRA

NKC

ASE

HEA

TER

FAC

TORY

I

NST

ALLE

D O

PTIO

N

COLO

R C

OD

EB

K ---

------

------

BLA

CK

BL

------

------

--- B

LUE

BR

------

------

--- B

ROW

NO

R ---

------

------

ORA

NG

EPU

-----

------

---- P

URP

LER

D ---

------

------

RED

WH

-----

------

--- W

HIT

EYL

-----

-----

-----

YELL

OW

CO

MPO

NEN

T C

OD

EC

-----

------

---- C

ON

TACT

OR

CM

-----

------

- OUT

DOO

R FA

N M

OTO

RC

OM

P ---

-----

CO

MPR

ESSO

RFC

------

------

-- FA

N C

APAC

ITO

RLV

JB --

------

-- LO

W V

OLT

AGE

JUNC

TIO

N B

OX

CH

------

------

-- CR

ANKC

ASE

HEA

TER

CO

NTR

OLS

SH

OW

N W

ITH

TH

ERM

OST

AT IN

'OFF

' PO

SIT

ION

.

LPS-

------

------

LO

W P

RESS

URE

SW

ITC

HH

PS---

------

--- H

IGH

PR

ESSU

RE S

WIT

CH

WIR

ING

CO

DEFA

CTO

RY

WIR

ING

HIG

H V

OLT

AGE

LOW

VO

LTAG

EO

PTIO

NA

L H

IGH

VO

LTAG

E

FIE

LD W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTAG

ELO

W V

OLT

AGE

0140

R000

92-D

C

LPS

HPS

YC

CH

CO

MP

T1

C

L3

L2

FC

T3

C

L1L3

MAIN

AUX

IO CM

L1

L2C

T2

OU

TDO

OR

POW

ER S

UPP

LYSE

E R

ATIN

G P

LATE

BLY C

YL

BK

L3

CO

MP

L1

L2

BLBK

BK

C

T1 L1

T2 L2

T3 L3YL

/BK

RD

FC

BR

LVJB

CON

TRO

L BO

X

NO

TE 1

PU BR BK

MAI

N

AUX

CM

IO

EQU

IPM

ENT

GR

OU

ND

SEE

NO

TE 2

PU

LPS

HPS

CH

YL/B

K

BKBK

YL/B

KBK

YL

BK

BKBK

BK

BK

YL

SEE

NO

TE3

YL

YL

RD

PU

PU

Page 113: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

113Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

GSC130[18-60]1**, GSC140[18-42]CA

USE

N.E

.C. C

LAS

S 2

WIR

E

CO

MP

ALTERNATE DOUBLEPOLE CONTACTOR ONLY

IO

T1

C

MAINR

AUX

5

S

SR

SA

21

RC

CF

SC

T2

CL1

L2

(IF U

SED

)

CH

C

F

MAIN

AUX

C

C

0140

R00

015P

-C

BL

Y CLVJB

COLO

R CO

DEB

K --

----

-----

----

BLA

CK

BL

----

----

----

--- B

LUE

BR

----

----

-----

-- B

RO

WN

OR

----

----

----

--- O

RA

NG

EP

U --

----

-----

----

PU

RP

LER

D --

----

----

-----

RE

DW

H --

----

----

----

WH

ITE

YL

-----

----

----

--- Y

ELL

OW

CO

NTR

OL

BOX

COM

PONE

NT C

ODE

C --

----

----

-----

CO

NTA

CTO

RC

M --

----

----

-- O

UTD

OO

R F

AN

MOT

OR

CO

MP

----

----

CO

MP

RE

SS

OR

IO --

----

----

---- I

NTE

RN

AL

OV

ER

LOA

DLV

JB --

----

---- L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

JU

NC

TIO

N B

OX

RC

CF

----

-----

RU

N C

AP

AC

ITO

R F

OR

CO

MP

RE

SS

OR

& F

AN

SA

----

-----

----

STA

RT

AS

SIS

TS

C --

----

-----

-- S

TAR

T C

AP

AC

ITO

R F

OR

CO

MP

RE

SS

OR

(OP

TIO

NAL

)S

R --

----

-----

-- S

TAR

T R

ELA

Y F

OR

CO

MP

RE

SS

OR

(OP

TIO

NAL

)

CO

NTR

OLS

SH

OW

N W

ITH

TH

ER

MO

STA

T IN

’OFF

’ PO

SIT

ION

.

OU

TDO

OR

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

SE

E R

ATI

NG

PLA

TE

WIR

ING

CO

DEFA

CTO

RY

WIR

ING

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

ELO

W V

OLT

AG

EO

PTI

ON

AL

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E

FIE

LD W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

IO CM

Y

YL

YL

C

R

S

RD

BK

AUX

MA

IN

CO

MP

SEE

NO

TE 1

SC

RD

BL

RC

CF

YL

PU

YL

SR

5 21

BK YL

BL

RD

YL

BL

RD

RD

BK

BK

BK

C

T1 L1

T2 L2

S

A(IF

USE

D)

N

OTE

2

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

GR

OU

ND

SE

E N

OTE

3

PU BR

BK

MA

IN

AU

X

CM

IO

T1 L1

T2 L2

ALT

ER

NA

TE D

OU

BLE

PO

LEC

ON

TAC

TOR

NO

TES

:

1) T

O IN

DO

OR

UN

IT L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

TE

RM

INA

L B

LOC

K &

IN

DO

OR

TH

ER

MO

STA

T.2)

STA

RT

AS

SIS

T FA

CTO

RY

EQ

UIP

PE

D W

HE

N R

EQ

UIR

ED

.3)

US

E C

OP

PE

R C

ON

DU

CTO

RS

ON

LY.

HF

C

RD

RD R

D

BR

SEE

NO

TE 1

Page 114: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

114

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

GSC130[36-60]3** & GSC130[48-60]4**VSZ130[18-60]1** & GSZ140[18-60]1A*/B*

US

E N

.E.C

. CLA

SS

2 W

IRE

NO

TES

:1)

TO

IND

OO

R U

NIT

LO

W V

OLT

AG

E T

ER

MIN

AL

BLO

CK

&

IND

OO

R T

HE

RM

OS

TAT.

2) U

SE C

OP

PER

CO

ND

UC

TOR

ON

LY

CO

MP

T1

C

T3

T2

FC

T3

C

L1L3

MAIN

AUX

C

C

BL

Y C

COLO

R CO

DEB

K --

----

----

----

- BLA

CK

BL

----

----

----

--- B

LUE

BR

----

----

----

--- B

RO

WN

OR

----

----

----

--- O

RA

NGE

PU

----

----

----

--- P

UR

PLE

RD

----

----

----

--- R

ED

WH

----

----

----

-- W

HIT

EY

L --

----

----

----

- YE

LLO

W

COM

PONE

NT C

ODE

C --

----

----

----

- CO

NTA

CTO

RC

M --

----

----

-- O

UTD

OO

R F

AN

MO

TOR

CO

MP

----

----

CO

MP

RE

SS

OR

FC --

----

----

--- F

AN

CA

PA

CIT

OR

IO --

----

----

----

INTE

RN

AL

OV

ER

LOA

DLV

JB --

----

----

LO

W V

OLT

AG

E J

UN

CTI

ON

BO

X

CO

NTR

OLS

SH

OW

N W

ITH

TH

ER

MO

STA

T IN

’OFF

’ PO

SIT

ION

.

WIR

ING

CO

DEFA

CTO

RY

WIR

ING

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

ELO

W V

OLT

AG

E

FIE

LD W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

IO CM

Y

YL

BK

T3

CO

MP

T1

L2C

T2

OU

TDO

OR

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

SE

E R

ATI

NG

PLA

TE

T1

T2

RD

YL

RD

BL

BK

BK

C

T1 L1

T2 L2

T3 L3Y

L

YL

RD

FC

PU

BR

RD

LVJB

CO

NTR

OL

BO

X

SE

E N

OTE

1

PU BR

BK

MA

IN

AU

X

CM

IO

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

GR

OU

ND

SE

E N

OTE

2

0140

R00

016P

-D

SE

E N

OTE

1

Page 115: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

115Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

GSC130[18-60]1**

US

E N

.E.C

. CLA

SS 2

WIR

E

NO

TES

:1)

TO

IND

OO

R U

NIT

LO

W V

OLT

AGE

T

ERM

INAL

BLO

CK

& IN

DO

OR

T

HER

MO

STAT

.2)

STA

RT

ASS

IST

FAC

TOR

Y

EQ

UIP

PED

WH

EN

REQ

UIR

ED.

CO

MP

ALTERNATE DOUBLEPOLE CONTACTOR ONLY

IO

T1

C

MAIN

R

AUX

5

S

SR

SA

21

RC

CF

SC

T2

CL1

L2

(IF U

SED

)

CH

C

F

MAINAUX

C

C

0140

R00

015P

BLY C

LVJB

CO

LOR

CO

DE

BK --

------

------

- BLA

CK

BL --

------

------

- BLU

EBR

-----

------

---- B

RO

WN

OR

-----

------

---- O

RAN

GE

PU --

------

------

- PU

RPL

ER

D --

------

------

- RED

W

H --

------

------

WH

ITE

YL --

------

------

- YEL

LOW

CO

NTR

OL

BO

X

CO

MPO

NEN

T C

OD

EC

----

----

----

--- C

ON

TAC

TOR

CM

-----

------

- OU

TDO

OR

FAN

MO

TOR

CO

MP

------

-- C

OM

PRES

SOR

IO --

----

-----

--- I

NTE

RN

AL

OVE

RLO

AD

LV

JB --

----

----

LO

W V

OLT

AG

E JU

NC

TIO

N B

OX

RC

CF

-----

---- R

UN

CA

PAC

ITO

R F

OR

CO

MP

RE

SSO

R &

FA

NSA

-----

------

-- ST

ART

ASSI

ST

SC --

----

----

--- S

TAR

T C

AP

ACIT

OR

FO

R C

OM

PR

ES

SOR

(OP

TIO

NA

L)S

R --

----

----

---

STAR

T R

ELAY

FO

R C

OM

PRE

SSO

R (O

PTIO

NAL

)

CO

NTR

OLS

SH

OW

N W

ITH

TH

ERM

OST

AT IN

'OFF

' PO

SITI

ON

.

T1 L1

T2 L2

ALTE

RN

ATE

DO

UBL

E PO

LE C

ON

TAC

TOR

OU

TDO

OR

PO

WER

SU

PPLY

SEE

RA

TIN

G P

LATE

WIR

ING

CO

DE

FAC

TOR

Y W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTAG

ELO

W V

OLT

AGE

OPT

ION

AL H

IGH

VO

LTAG

E

FIEL

D W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTAG

ELO

W V

OLT

AGE

IO CM

Y

PU BR BK

MAI

N

AUX

CM

IO

YL

YL

C

R

S

RD

BKAU

X

MAI

NC

OM

P

NO

TE 1

SC

RD

BL

RC

CF

FC

HE

RM

YLYL

YL

BRR

DPUYL

RD

SR5 2

1

BK YL

BL

RD

YLBL

RD

RD

BKBK

BK

C

T1 L1

T2 L2

RD

S

A(IF

USE

D)

NO

TE 2

EQU

IPM

ENT

GR

OU

ND

US

E C

OPP

ER

CO

ND

UC

TOR

S O

NLY

Page 116: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

116

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

GSH10*****A*

Page 117: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

117Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

GSH130[42AF/AG/B*, 48AE/AF, 60AC]GSH130[18/24/36]1B*/C*, GSH130301CD

BK

BK

DF1

DF2

H V D R

RD

DFT

WH

W2LV

DR

RD

RR

RD

BK

YLB

L

OO

YC

OR

DC

W2

WH

RD

RD

BK

RVC

DFT

RD

C YC

DFT

CR

IND

OO

R P

OW

ER

SU

PP

LY

W2

RVC

C

YO

O

R

O

LVD

RW

2

(IF U

SED

)N

OTE

3

CH

HVD

RDF2

DF1

LPS

YLYL

DFT

BK

CO

MP

MA

IN

AU

XB

KR

D

S

R

C

YL

PU

BR

BK

MA

IN

AU

X

CM

IO

BL

YLBK

125

SR

RC

CF

RD

BL

YL

YL

BL

BK

RD

RD

BK

BK

BK

C

T1 L1

T2 L2

BL

RD

SC

CONT

RO

L B

OX

LVJB

WIR

ING

CO

DEFA

CTO

RY

WIR

ING

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

ELO

W V

OLT

AG

EO

PTI

ON

AL

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E

FIE

LD W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

OU

TDO

OR

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

SE

E R

ATI

NG

PLA

TE

CO

MPO

NENT

CO

DEC

-----

------

---- C

ON

TAC

TOR

CH

-----

------

-- C

RAN

KCA

SE

HE

ATE

RC

HS

-----

------

-- C

RAN

KC

AS

E H

EA

TER

SW

ITC

HC

M --

------

---- O

UTD

OO

R F

AN M

OTO

RC

OM

P --

------

CO

MPR

ES

SO

RD

C --

------

-----

DE

FRO

ST

CO

NTR

OL

DFT

-----

------

DE

FRO

ST

THE

RM

OS

TAT

HVD

R --

------

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E D

EFR

OS

T R

ELA

YIO

-----

------

--- IN

TER

NA

L O

VE

RLO

AD

LPS

-----

------

- LO

W P

RE

SS

UR

E S

WIT

CH

LVD

R --

------

- LO

W V

OLT

AG

E D

EFR

OS

T R

ELA

YLV

JB --

------

-- L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

JUN

CTI

ON

BO

XR

CC

F ---

------

RU

N C

AP

AC

ITO

R F

OR

CO

MPR

ES

SO

R &

FA

NR

VC --

------

--- R

EV

ERS

ING

VA

LVE

CO

ILS

A --

------

-----

STA

RT

AS

SIS

TS

C --

------

-----

STA

RT

CA

PA

CIT

OR

FO

R C

OM

PRE

SS

OR

(OP

TIO

NA

L)S

R --

------

-----

STA

RT

RE

LAY

FO

R C

OM

PR

ES

SO

R (O

PTI

ON

AL)

CO

NTR

OLS

SH

OW

N W

ITH

TH

ER

MO

STA

T IN

’OFF

’ PO

SITI

ON

.

CO

LOR

CODE

BK

-----

------

---- B

LAC

KB

L --

------

------

- BLU

EB

R --

------

------

- BR

OW

NO

R --

------

------

- OR

ANG

EP

U --

------

------

- PU

RP

LER

D --

------

------

- RED

WH

-----

------

--- W

HIT

EY

L ---

------

------

YEL

LOW

SE

E N

OTE

1

R CYO

RD

BLYLOR

LPS

CM

AUX

MAIN

F

C

HC

(IF U

SED

)

L2L1

C

T2

SC

RC

CF

12

SA

SR

S

5 AUX

RMAIN

C

T1

ALTERNATE DOUBLEPOLE CONTACTOR ONLY

CO

MP

NO

TES

:1.

TO

IND

OO

R U

NIT

LO

W V

OLT

AG

E TE

RM

INA

L B

LOC

K &

IND

OO

R

TH

ER

MO

STA

T.2.

STA

RT

AS

SIS

T FA

CTO

RY

EQ

UIP

PE

D W

HE

N R

EQ

UIR

ED.

3. C

RAN

KC

AS

E H

EA

TER

& C

RAN

KC

AS

E H

EA

TER

SW

ITC

H A

RE

F

AC

TOR

Y IN

STA

LLE

D O

PTI

ON

.4.

US

E C

OP

PE

R C

ON

DU

CTO

R O

NLY

.

US

E N

.E.C

. CLA

SS

2 W

IRE

RD

SA

(IF U

SED

)N

OTE

2

T1 L1

T2 L2

0140

R00

019P

-C

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

GR

OU

ND

SEE

NO

TE 4

ALT

ER

NA

TED

OU

BLE

PO

LEC

ON

TAC

TOR

HF

C

YL

RD

PU BR

YL

YLR

D

PU

IO

IO

BK

CH

S

GR

RD

BK R

D

CH

(IF U

SE

D)

SEE

NO

TE 3

BK

RD

BK

CH

S

SEE

NO

TE 1

Page 118: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

118

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

GSH130363AH

BK

BL Y

L

BL

BK

HV

DR

DF2DF1

RD

BR

PU

FC

YL

RD

YL

L3T3

L2T2

L1T1

C

BK

BK

RD

YL

RD

T2

T1

OU

TDO

OR

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

SE

E R

ATI

NG

PLA

TE

T2

CL2

T1

CO

MP

T3

BK

CMIO

AUX

MAIN

L3L1

C

T3

FC

T2

T3

C

T1

CO

MP

BK

BK

DF1

DF2

H V D R

RD

DFT

WH

W2LV

DR

RD

RR

RD

BK

YL

BL

OO

YC

OR

DC

W2

WH

RD

RD

BK

RV

C

DFT

RD

C YC

DFT

CR

IND

OO

R P

OW

ER

SU

PP

LY

W2

RV

C C

YO

O

R

O

LVD

RW

2

(IF U

SE

D)

SE

E N

OTE

3

CH

LPS

YL

YL

DFT

BK

PU

BR B

K

MA

IN

AU

X

CM

IO

CO

NTRO

L B

OX

LVJB

WIR

ING

CO

DE

FAC

TOR

Y W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

LOW

VO

LTA

GE

OP

TIO

NA

L H

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

FIE

LD W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

LOW

VO

LTA

GE

CO

LOR

CO

DE

BK

-----

------

---- B

LAC

KB

L --

------

------

- BLU

EB

L/P

K --

------

-- B

LUE

/PIN

K S

TRIP

BR

-----

------

---- B

RO

WN

OR

-----

------

----

OR

AN

GE

PU

-----

------

---- P

UR

PLE

RD

-----

------

---- R

ED

WH

----

------

---- W

HIT

EYL

-----

------

---- Y

ELL

OW

YL/P

K --

------

--- Y

ELL

OW

/PIN

K S

TRIP

SE

EN

OTE

1

R CYO

RD

BLYL

OR

014

0R00

022P

-D

LPS

US

E N

.E.C

. CLA

SS

2 W

IRE

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

GR

OU

ND

SE

E N

OTE

2

CO

MPO

NEN

T C

OD

EC

-----

------

---- C

ON

TAC

TOR

CH

-----

------

-- C

RA

NK

CA

SE

HE

ATE

RC

HS

------

------

CR

ANK

CA

SE

HE

ATE

R S

WIT

CH

CM

-----

------

- OU

TDO

OR

FA

N M

OTO

RC

OM

P --

-----

- CO

MP

RE

SSO

RD

C --

------

-----

DE

FRO

ST

CO

NTR

OL

DFT

-----

------

DE

FRO

ST

THE

RM

OS

TAT

FC --

------

-----

FAN

CA

PA

CIT

OR

HVD

R --

------

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E D

EFR

OS

T R

ELA

YIO

-----

------

--- IN

TER

NA

L O

VE

RLO

AD

LPS

-----

------

- LO

W P

RE

SS

UR

E S

WIT

CH

LVD

R --

------

- LO

W V

OLT

AG

E D

EFR

OS

T R

ELA

YLV

JB --

------

-- LO

W V

OLT

AG

E J

UN

CTI

ON

BO

XR

VC --

------

--- R

EV

ER

SIN

G V

ALV

E C

OIL

CO

NTR

OLS

SH

OW

N W

ITH

TH

ER

MO

STA

T IN

’OFF

’ PO

SIT

ION

.

NO

TES

:1.

TO

IND

OO

R U

NIT

LO

W V

OLT

AG

E T

ER

MIN

AL

BLO

CK

AN

D IN

DO

OR

TH

ER

MO

STA

T.2.

US

E C

OPP

ER

CO

ND

UC

TOR

ON

LY.

3. C

RA

NKC

AS

E H

EA

TER

& C

RA

NKC

AS

E H

EA

TER

SW

ITC

H A

RE

FA

CTO

RY

INS

TALL

ED

OP

TIO

N.

BK

BK

CH

S

GR

RD

BK R

D

CH

(IF U

SE

D)

SE

E N

OTE

3

RD

CH

S

SE

EN

OTE

1

SE

E N

OTE

1

Page 119: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

119Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

GSH130301BB/C*

NO

TES:

1) T

O IN

DO

OR

UN

IT L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

T

ERM

INAL

BLO

CK

& IN

DO

OR

T

HER

MO

STAT

.2)

STA

RT A

SSIS

T FA

CTO

RY

EQ

UIP

PED

WH

EN

REQ

UIR

ED

.3)

CR

ANKC

ASE

HEA

TER

AN

D

CR

ANKC

ASE

HEA

TER

SW

ITC

H

AR

E FA

CTO

RY IN

STAL

LED

.

ALTERNATE DOUBLEPOLE CONTACTOR ONLY

MAIN

AUX

SA(IF

USE

D)

MAIN

AUX

VEN

DO

R: G

OO

DM

AN P

RIN

T SH

OP

07/

05

01

40R

0023

5-A

COLO

R C

ODE

BK

------

------

--- B

LAC

KB

L ---

------

------

BLU

EB

R ---

-----

------

- BR

OW

NO

R --

------

------

- OR

ANG

EP

U ---

-----

------

- PU

RPL

ER

D --

------

------

- RED

WH

----

------

---- W

HIT

EYL

-----

------

---- Y

ELLO

W

COM

PON

ENT

CODE

C --

------

------

- CO

NTA

CTO

RC

H --

------

-----

CRAN

KCAS

E H

EATE

RC

HS

------

-----

CR

ANKC

ASE

HEA

TER

SW

ITC

HC

M --

------

---- O

UTD

OO

R F

AN M

OTO

RC

OM

P ---

-----

CO

MPR

ESSO

RD

C --

------

-----

DEF

RO

ST

CO

NTR

OL

DFT

----

-----

-- D

EFR

OS

T TH

ER

MO

STA

TH

VDR

-----

--- H

IGH

VO

LTAG

E D

EFR

OST

RE

LAY

IO --

------

------

INTE

RN

AL

OVE

RLO

AD

LPS

----

------

-- LO

W P

RE

SSU

RE

SW

ITC

HLV

DR

----

-----

LO

W V

OLT

AG

E D

EFR

OST

RE

LAY

LVJB

----

-----

- LO

W V

OLT

AGE

JUN

CTIO

N B

OX

RC

CF

------

--- R

UN

CA

PAC

ITO

R F

OR

CO

MPR

ESS

OR

& F

ANR

VC --

------

--- R

EVER

SIN

G V

ALVE

CO

ILSA

-----

------

-- ST

ART

ASSI

ST

SC --

------

-----

STA

RT

CA

PAC

ITO

R F

OR

CO

MPR

ESS

OR

(OPT

ION

AL)

SR

------

------

-STA

RT

REL

AY F

OR

CO

MPR

ESSO

R (O

PTIO

NAL

)

CO

NTR

OLS

SH

OW

N W

ITH

TH

ERM

OST

AT IN

'OFF

' PO

SITI

ON

.

L1L2

ALTE

RN

ATE

DO

UBL

EPO

LE C

ONT

ACTO

R

OU

TDO

OR

PO

WE

R S

UPP

LYS

EE R

ATIN

G P

LATE

WIR

ING

CO

DEFA

CTO

RY W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

LOW

VO

LTAG

EO

PTIO

NAL

HIG

H V

OLT

AGE

FIEL

D W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTA

GE

LOW

VO

LTAG

E

RD

(IF U

SED

)N

OTE

2

LVJB

CONT

ROL

BO

X

EQ

UIP

MEN

T G

RO

UN

DU

SE C

OP

PER

CO

ND

UCTO

RS

ON

LY

IND

OO

R P

OW

ER

SUPP

LY

RC

CH

S

CH

CH

SBK

RD GR

RD

BK

NOTE

3

NO

TE 3

Page 120: Service Instructions - HVACDirect.com

WIRING DIAGRAMS

120

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

E!D

ISC

ON

NEC

T A

LL P

OW

ER B

EFO

RE

SER

VIC

ING

OR

INST

ALL

ING

TH

ISU

NIT

. M

ULT

IPLE

PO

WER

SO

UR

CES

MAY

BE

PRES

ENT.

FA

ILU

RE

TOD

O S

O M

AY C

AU

SE P

RO

PER

TY D

AM

AG

E, P

ERSO

NA

L IN

JURY

OR

DEA

TH.

Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.

US

E N

.E.C

. CLA

SS 2

WIR

E

NO

TES

:1)

TO

IND

OO

R U

NIT

LO

W V

OLT

AGE

T

ERM

INAL

BLO

CK

& IN

DO

OR

T

HER

MO

STAT

.2)

STA

RT

ASS

IST

FAC

TOR

Y

EQ

UIP

PED

WH

EN

REQ

UIR

ED.

CO

MP

ALTERNATE DOUBLEPOLE CONTACTOR ONLY

IO

T1

C

MAIN

R

AUX

5

S

SR

SA

21

RC

CF

SC

T2

CL1

L2

(IF U

SED

)

CH

C

F

MAINAUX

C

C

0140

R00

015P

BLY C

LVJB

CO

LOR

CO

DE

BK --

------

------

- BLA

CK

BL --

------

------

- BLU

EBR

-----

------

---- B

RO

WN

OR

-----

------

---- O

RAN

GE

PU --

------

------

- PU

RPL

ER

D --

------

------

- RE

D

WH

-----

------

--- W

HIT

EYL

-----

------

---- Y

ELLO

W

CO

NTR

OL

BO

X

COM

PON

ENT

CO

DE

C --

----

----

----

- CO

NTA

CTO

RC

M --

------

---- O

UTD

OO

R F

AN M

OTO

RC

OM

P ---

-----

CO

MPR

ESSO

RIO

----

-----

----

- IN

TER

NA

L O

VE

RLO

AD

LV

JB --

----

----

LO

W V

OLT

AG

E JU

NC

TIO

N B

OX

RC

CF

----

----

- RU

N C

APA

CIT

OR

FO

R C

OM

PR

ESS

OR

& F

AN

SA --

------

-----

STAR

T AS

SIS

TSC

----

----

----

- STA

RT

CA

PAC

ITO

R F

OR

CO

MP

RE

SSO

R (O

PTI

ON

AL)

SR

----

----

----

- ST

ART

REL

AY F

OR

CO

MPR

ESS

OR

(OP

TIO

NAL

)

CO

NTR

OLS

SH

OW

N W

ITH

TH

ERM

OST

AT IN

'OFF

' PO

SIT

ION

.

T1 L1

T2 L2

ALTE

RN

ATE

DO

UBL

E PO

LE C

ON

TAC

TOR

OU

TDO

OR

PO

WER

SU

PPLY

SEE

RA

TIN

G P

LATE

WIR

ING

CO

DE

FAC

TOR

Y W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTAG

ELO

W V

OLT

AGE

OPT

ION

AL H

IGH

VO

LTAG

E

FIEL

D W

IRIN

GH

IGH

VO

LTAG

ELO

W V

OLT

AGE

IO CM

Y

PU BR BK

MA

IN

AUX

CM

IO

YL

YL

C

R

S

RD

BKAU

X

MAI

NC

OM

P

NO

TE 1

SC

RD

BL

RC

CF

FC

HE

RM

YLYL

YL

BRR

DPU

YL

RD

SR5 2

1

BK YL

BL

RD

YLBL

RD

RD

BKBK

BK

C

T1 L1

T2 L2

RD

S

A(IF

USE

D)

NO

TE 2

EQU

IPM

ENT

GR

OU

ND

US

E C

OPP

ER

CO

ND

UC

TOR

S O

NLY

VSC130[18-60]1**